iManager U2000 Unified Network Management

System
V100R002C01

High Availability System (Veritas)

Software Installation Guide (Solaris)

Issue 06
Date 2010-11-19

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) About This Document

About This Document

Related Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document.

Product Name Version

iManager U2000 V100R002C01

Intended Audience
This document describes how to install the U2000 HA system on the Solaris OS and obtain the
reference information required during the installation.

This document is intended for:

l Technical support engineers

l Maintenance engineers
l Installation and commissioning engineers

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
DANGER

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not

avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
CAUTION
performance degradation, or unexpected results.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
About This Document Guide (Solaris)

Symbol Description
TIP Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.

NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

important points of the main text.

Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) About This Document

Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.

Changes in Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

The sixth commercial release has the following updates:
Fixed some bugs.

Changes in Issue 05 (2010-10-20)

The fifth commercial release has the following updates:
Fixed some bugs.

Changes in Issue 04 (2010-09-24)

The fourth commercial release has the following updates:
Fixed some bugs.

Changes in Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

The third commercial release has the following updates:
Fixed some bugs.

Changes in Issue 02 (2010-07-16)

The second commercial release has the following updates:
Fixed some bugs.

Changes in Issue 01 (2010-05-18)

Initial release.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) Contents

Contents

About This Document...................................................................................................................iii

1 Installation Overview................................................................................................................1-1
2 Installation Process....................................................................................................................2-1
3 Installation Preparations...........................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Configuration Requirements...........................................................................................................................3-3
3.2 Installation Environment Requirements..........................................................................................................3-4
3.3 Networking Structure......................................................................................................................................3-5
3.4 Collecting Installation Information.................................................................................................................3-6
3.5 Checking Required Software........................................................................................................................3-16
3.6 Checking Hardware Connections..................................................................................................................3-21
3.7 Applying for a U2000 License......................................................................................................................3-25
3.8 Applying for a Veritas License.....................................................................................................................3-27

4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses....................................................................................4-1

4.1 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Workstation...................................................................................4-2
4.1.1 Configuring the IP Address for a System Controller on a T5220 Server..............................................4-2
4.1.2 Configuring the IP Address for a System Controller on an M4000 Server...........................................4-4
4.2 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Disk Arrays....................................................................................4-9
4.2.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S2600 Disk Array....................................................4-9
4.2.2 Configuring the SC IP Address of the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array..................................................4-12

5 Powering On a Server................................................................................................................5-1
6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD.............................................6-1
7 Installing the U2000 Software..................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Preparing Software Packages..........................................................................................................................7-2
7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000..............................................................................................................................7-4
7.3 Starting the U2000 Installation Program.......................................................................................................7-19
7.3.1 Installing the U2000 Through the GUI................................................................................................7-19
7.3.2 Installing the U2000 Through the CLI.................................................................................................7-26

8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary Sites......................................................................8-1

9 Loading or Updating a License File........................................................................................9-1
9.1 Updating a Veritas License.............................................................................................................................9-2

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Contents Guide (Solaris)

9.2 (Optional) Loading a U2000 License..............................................................................................................9-3

10 Checking System Installation..............................................................................................10-1

A Separating the Primary Site from the Secondary Site......................................................A-1
B FAQs............................................................................................................................................B-1
B.1 Solaris OS......................................................................................................................................................B-2
B.1.1 Network Configurations of the Workstation.........................................................................................B-2
B.1.1.1 How to Add the Default Route..........................................................................................................B-2
B.1.1.2 How to Add a Static Route................................................................................................................B-3
B.1.1.3 How to Query the Gateway of a Sun Workstation............................................................................B-3
B.1.1.4 How to Check the NIC Type of a Server...........................................................................................B-4
B.1.2 System Settings of the Workstation......................................................................................................B-4
B.1.2.1 How to Boot Up the Workstation from the CD-ROM Drive.............................................................B-4
B.1.2.2 How to Enable Input Modes on Solaris OS.......................................................................................B-5
B.1.2.3 How to Set the Interface Language of Solaris OS.............................................................................B-5
B.1.2.4 How to Call the GUI Management Tool in Solaris 10 OS................................................................B-5
B.1.2.5 How to Switch to the Multi-user Mode or Single-user Mode...........................................................B-6
B.1.2.6 How to Open the Terminal Window on the Desktop in the JDS.......................................................B-6
B.1.2.7 How to Operate the CD-ROM...........................................................................................................B-6
B.1.3 FTP and Telnet Service Configuration.................................................................................................B-7
B.1.3.1 How to Start/Stop the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet Services.........................................................B-8
B.1.3.2 How to Enable and Disable the FTP/Telnet Authority of user root on Solaris OS...........................B-9
B.1.3.3 How to Transfer Files by Means of FTP.........................................................................................B-10
B.1.4 Usage and Maintenance of Workstation.............................................................................................B-11
B.1.4.1 How to View the Versions and Release Date of the Solaris OS......................................................B-11
B.1.4.2 How to Change the System Time and Time Zone of Solaris OS....................................................B-12
B.1.4.3 How to View Hardware Configurations for the Sun Workstation...................................................B-13
B.1.4.4 How to Check Whether the Hard Disk of the Sun Workstation Is Damaged..................................B-15
B.1.4.5 How to Check the Partition of Solaris OS.......................................................................................B-16
B.1.4.6 How to Check the Remaining Space of a Disk................................................................................B-17
B.1.4.7 How to Decompress Files................................................................................................................B-18
B.1.4.8 How to Remotely Log In to the System as User root......................................................................B-18
B.1.4.9 How to Access the OS from the Controller.....................................................................................B-19
B.1.4.10 How to Switch Between the Console, OK Prompt, and # Prompt................................................B-19
B.1.4.11 How to Use the vi Editor...............................................................................................................B-25
B.1.4.12 How to Use the Text Editor...........................................................................................................B-26
B.1.4.13 How to Query the Process Status...................................................................................................B-27
B.1.4.14 How to Forcibly End a Process......................................................................................................B-27
B.2 Veritas HA System......................................................................................................................................B-27
B.2.1 License Management..........................................................................................................................B-27
B.2.1.1 How to Check the Veritas License...................................................................................................B-27
B.2.2 System Settings................................................................................................................................... B-31

viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) Contents

B.2.2.1 How to Log in and Exit the VCS (Veritas Cluster Server)..............................................................B-31
B.2.2.2 How to Query the RVG Status.........................................................................................................B-33
B.2.2.3 How to Query the Rlink Status........................................................................................................B-34
B.2.2.4 How to Query the VVR Status.........................................................................................................B-36
B.2.2.5 How to Manually Start the VCS Service.........................................................................................B-37
B.2.2.6 How to Manually Start the VVR.....................................................................................................B-38
B.2.2.7 How to Manually Stop the VCS Service ........................................................................................B-38
B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before Synchronizing the Primary and Secondary Sites....................B-38
B.2.2.9 How to Ensure Proper Connection of VVR Ports on Primary and Secondary Sites.......................B-41
B.2.2.10 How to Ensure Proper File Transfer Between Primary and Secondary Sites................................B-41
B.3 Sybase Database...........................................................................................................................................B-42
B.3.1 Startup and Shutdown of the Sybase Database...................................................................................B-42
B.3.1.1 How to Disable the Sybase Database Service..................................................................................B-42
B.3.1.2 How to Start the Sybase Database Service......................................................................................B-43
B.3.1.3 How to Verify That the Sybase Process Is Running........................................................................B-44
B.3.2 Sybase Database Maintenance............................................................................................................B-44
B.3.2.1 How to Verify That the Sybase Database Has Been Installed.........................................................B-44
B.3.2.2 How to Check the Sybase Database Version...................................................................................B-45
B.3.2.3 How to View the Server Name of the Sybase Database..................................................................B-46
B.3.2.4 How to Change the Password of User sa for the Sybase Database..................................................B-47
B.3.2.5 How to View the Bit Number of the Sybase Database....................................................................B-47
B.3.2.6 How to View the Details of the Sybase Database............................................................................B-48
B.3.2.7 How to Change the Server Name of the Sybase Database to DBSVR............................................B-49
B.3.2.8 How to Delete Redundant Database Items......................................................................................B-49
B.3.2.9 How to Change the Character Set of the Database to UTF-8..........................................................B-51
B.4 U2000 System..............................................................................................................................................B-52
B.4.1 How to Verify That the U2000 Is Installed........................................................................................B-53
B.4.2 How to Check Whether the U2000 Processes of the High Availability System (Solaris) Are Started
......................................................................................................................................................................B-53
B.4.3 How to Start the U2000 Processes of the High Availability System (Solaris)...................................B-54
B.4.4 How to End the U2000 Processes of the High Availability System (Solaris)....................................B-55
B.4.5 How to Determine Which Types of Software Are Preinstalled..........................................................B-56
B.4.6 Which Installation Packages Are Required for U2000 Installation....................................................B-56
B.4.7 How to Handle Messages Indicating That the Port Is Occupied During Installation or Uninstall.....B-59
B.4.8 How to Rectify the Application GUI Startup Failure Caused by User Switching..............................B-59
B.4.9 How to View the U2000 and Sybase Database Installation Paths......................................................B-60
B.4.10 How to View Network Configurations for the Primary Site or Secondary Site Installed with a HA System
......................................................................................................................................................................B-61
B.4.11 How to Rectify the Mouse Detection Failure and Open the GUI After the T5220 Is Connected to the
KVM.............................................................................................................................................................B-63
B.4.12 How to Check Downloaded Software Packages by Using MD5 Software......................................B-64
B.4.13 How to Rectify the Failure to Connect to the Sybase Database During U2000 Installation............B-65
B.4.14 How to Set the Communication Mode of the Server in a High Availability System (Solaris)?.......B-66

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Contents Guide (Solaris)

C Uninstalling the U2000 Software...........................................................................................C-1

C.1 Uninstalling U2000 Software........................................................................................................................C-2
C.2 Verifying the Uninstall Status of the Server Software...................................................................................C-5

D Getting Started.........................................................................................................................D-1
E Powering Off the High Availability System (Solaris).......................................................E-1
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches...........................................................F-1
F.1 Installing the OS Through the GUI.................................................................................................................F-2
F.2 Installing the OS Through the CLI.................................................................................................................F-5
F.3 Installing the Solaris OS Patches..................................................................................................................F-14

G Planning Disk Partitions........................................................................................................G-1

H Configuring Disk Arrays.......................................................................................................H-1
H.1 Configuring the OceanStor S2600 Disk Array by Using the ISM................................................................H-2
H.2 Configuring the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array Through the Web Browser.................................................H-19
H.3 Configuring the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array............................................................................................H-34
H.3.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array................................................H-34
H.3.2 Using the Manager Suite to Configure the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array.........................................H-38

I Acronyms......................................................................................................................................I-1

x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) Figures

Figures

Figure 1-1 Network diagram of a high availability system (Solaris)...................................................................1-2

Figure 3-1 Networking structure of a high availability system (Solaris).............................................................3-5
Figure 3-2 Networking example (single-NIC scheme)........................................................................................3-8
Figure 3-3 Networking example (double-NIC scheme (without IPMP))...........................................................3-10
Figure 3-4 Networking example (double-NIC scheme (with IPMP))................................................................3-12
Figure 3-5 Hardware connection between the T5220 server and the OceanStor S2600....................................3-22
Figure 3-6 Hardware connection between the T5220 server and the OceanStor S3100....................................3-23
Figure 3-7 Hardware connection between the T5220 server and the StorageTek 2540....................................3-23
Figure 3-8 Hardware connection between the M4000 server and the OceanStor S2600...................................3-24
Figure 3-9 Hardware connection between the M4000 server and the OceanStor S3100...................................3-24
Figure 3-10 Hardware connection between the M4000 server and the StorageTek 2540.................................3-25
Figure 4-1 Connections between the T5220 server and the controller.................................................................4-3
Figure 4-2 Connections between the M4000 server and the controller................................................................4-5
Figure 4-3 Connections between the local console and the controller on the StorageTek 2540 disk array.......4-13
Figure 5-1 Power button of the T5220 server...................................................................................................... 5-1
Figure 5-2 Power button of the M4000 server.....................................................................................................5-2
Figure H-1 Connections between the controllers of the OceanStor S3100 disk array......................................H-35

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) Tables

Tables

Table 2-1 Description about the process of installing the high availability system (Solaris)..............................2-1
Table 3-1 Configuration requirements on the hardware of the U2000 server......................................................3-3
Table 3-2 Configuration requirements on the server software.............................................................................3-4
Table 3-3 Installation environment requirements.................................................................................................3-4
Table 3-4 Host name list.......................................................................................................................................3-6
Table 3-5 Example of IP address planning of the single-NIC scheme.................................................................3-8
Table 3-6 Example of IP address planning of the double-NIC scheme (without IPMP)...................................3-11
Table 3-7 Example of IP address planning of the two-NIC scheme (with IPMP).............................................3-13
Table 3-8 Route list............................................................................................................................................3-15
Table 3-9 Time zone and time list......................................................................................................................3-15
Table 3-10 User and password list.....................................................................................................................3-15
Table 3-11 Quantity list of configured components and instances....................................................................3-16
Table 3-12 Software package list.......................................................................................................................3-18
Table 3-13 DVD list...........................................................................................................................................3-21
Table 4-1 Command format and parameter description of the chgctrlip command..........................................4-11
Table 4-2 Command format and parameter description of the showctrlip command.......................................4-12
Table B-1 Commands for quitting the vi editor.................................................................................................B-26
Table B-2 RVG status of the primary site.........................................................................................................B-33
Table B-3 Rlink status on the primary site........................................................................................................B-35
Table B-4 Software required for installation.....................................................................................................B-57
Table G-1 Partitioning scheme for a two-disk server without any disk array.....................................................G-1
Table G-2 Partitioning scheme for a two-disk server with a disk array..............................................................G-2
Table G-3 Partitioning scheme for a four-disk server without any disk array....................................................G-2
Table G-4 Partitioning scheme for a four-disk server with a disk array.............................................................G-3
Table G-5 Partitioning scheme for a six-disk server without any disk array......................................................G-3
Table G-6 Partitioning scheme for a six-disk server with a disk array...............................................................G-4
Table H-1 Parameters for discovering disk arrays..............................................................................................H-6
Table H-2 Parameters for modifying a disk array...............................................................................................H-9
Table H-3 Parameters for changing the user password.....................................................................................H-10

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 1 Installation Overview

1 Installation Overview

This topic explains the terms involved with installing the U2000 Veritas hot standby high
availability system into a Solaris operating system (OS).

CAUTION
Servers are pre-installed with software from Huawei and can be commissioned immediately.
For more information, see the iManager U2000 Commissioning Guide. If servers are purchased
from other suppliers, install software according to the U2000 deployment.

Definitions for terms as used in this document before introducing the high availability system
(Solaris) scheme:
l Server: A server can refer to the hardware and/or software. In the client/server structure, a
server refers to the server program. The term refers to hardware when used in reference to
a computer where a server program runs.
l Client: Refers to the client application of the software in a client/server structure. The client
application can run on a computer along with the server application or on a separate
computer. The term refers to hardware when used in reference to the computer where a
client application runs.
l Workstation and host: A workstation functions the same as a host. Generally, a workstation
or host refers to the computer where services run in a Solaris OS.
l Primary (Secondary) site: Used for the high availability system, the primary (secondary)
site refers to the physical primary (secondary) site. Whether a site is a primary site or a
secondary site is specified when it is installed, and the role does not change when the system
switching occurs. In most of the time, a primary site is in the active state, whereas a
secondary site is in the standby state for protecting the primary site.
l Active (Standby) site: It is used for the high availability system. The active (standby) site
refers to the site in the active (standby) state. The site in the standby state protects the site
in the active state.
l Active (Standby) state: It is used for the high availability system. The active (standby) state
refers to the working (protection) state. For example, if all the relevant applications on a
site run normally, this site is in the active state.
l Centralized system: Refers to the core processes of the U2000 and database service that
are deployed on a server.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
1 Installation Overview Guide (Solaris)

Figure 1-1 Network diagram of a high availability system (Solaris)

l Component: Refers to a functional unit of software that you can select to install. A
component can consist of multiple deployment packages.
l Deployment package: Refers to a software unit that is deployed on a computer.
Deployment packages are classified into the following types:
– System single-instance: These types of deployment packages can be installed on only
one server and each component can be deployed with only one instance.
– Single-server single-instance: These types of deployment packages can be installed on
multiple servers and each component can be deployed with only one instance on each
server.
– Single-server multi-instance: These types of deployment packages can be installed on
multiple servers and each component can be deployed with multiple instances on each
server.

1-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 2 Installation Process

2 Installation Process

This topic describes how to install the high availability system (Solaris).
TIP

Installation engineers not familiar with Solaris OS should read D Getting Started to learn about the basic
operations of the system.

Table 2-1 lists the steps, reference chapters, and the time required for each step.

Table 2-1 Description about the process of installing the high availability system (Solaris)
Stage Installation Chapter Duration (Min)
Operation

1 Prepare for the 3 Installation Preparations 30

installation.

2 Set controller IP 4 Configuring Controller IP 60

addresses for Addresses
hardware.

3 Power on the 5 Powering On a Server 20

system.

4 Install Solaris OSs 6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a 80

on the primary and Quick Installation DVD
secondary sites.

5 Install the U2000 on 7 Installing the U2000 Software 250

the primary and
secondary sites.

6 Connect the primary 8 Connecting the Primary and 20

and secondary sites. Secondary Sites

7 (Optional) Install 9 Loading or Updating a License File 10

the license.

8 Verify installation. 10 Checking System Installation 40

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

3 Installation Preparations

About This Chapter

This topic describes how to prepare for installation. Before you install a high availability system
(Veritas hot standby), ensure that the preparations for the software, hardware, and environment
are ready.

3.1 Configuration Requirements

This topic describes hardware and software requirements for the high availability system
(Solaris).
3.2 Installation Environment Requirements
This topic describes the environment conditions required before you install a U2000, including
the telecommunications room environment, cable condition, and networking condition of the
telecommunications room.
3.3 Networking Structure
This topic describes the networking structure of a high availability system (Solaris). Before
installing a high availability system (Solaris), you must get familiar with the networking structure
of a high availability system (Solaris).
3.4 Collecting Installation Information
This topic describes how to collect installation information. Before installing the high
availability system (Solaris), collect required information, including the host name, IP address,
route, time zone and time, user password, installation path, component quantity, and instance
quantity.
3.5 Checking Required Software
This topic describes the software required to be checked. Ensure that the required software is
on-hand and meets the installation requirements before installing the U2000.
3.6 Checking Hardware Connections
This topic describes how to check that hardware is installed and connected properly.
3.7 Applying for a U2000 License
This topic describes how to apply for a U2000 license.
3.8 Applying for a Veritas License

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

This topic describes how to apply for a formal Veritas license. The Veritas license used during
U2000 installation is a demo license. After the U2000 server is delivered to the installation site,
you must replace the demo license with a formal one in time.

3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

3.1 Configuration Requirements

This topic describes hardware and software requirements for the high availability system
(Solaris).

Requirements for Hardware Configuration

The high availability system (Solaris) is deployed on the Solaris platform and requires hardware
configurations listed in the Table 3-1.

Table 3-1 Configuration requirements on the hardware of the U2000 server

Server Name Server Description

Sun T5220 (with low-end Server, Sun T5220, 4 Core/16 GB memory, 6 x 146 GB
configuration)

Sun T5220 (with high-end Server, Sun T5220, 8 Core/32 GB memory, 6 x 146 GB
configuration)

M4000 (recommended Server, Sun M4000, 4 CPU x 4Core /32 GB memory, 2 x 300
configuration) GB

M4000 (compatible Server, Sun M4000, 4 CPU x 4Core /32 GB memory, 2 x 146
configuration) GB

Disk array Recommended configuration: OceanStor S2600 (6 x 300 GB)

Compatible configuration: StorageTek 2540 (6 x 300 GB)

Compatible configurations: OceanStor S3100 (6 x 146 GB)

NOTE
Disk arrays must meet the preceding configuration requirements. To use disk arrays with other
configurations, contact Huawei engineers to check whether such disk arrays are applicable to the high
availability system (Solaris).

The disk array stores data to improve database performance. The server must be configured with
a disk array if the U2000 manages a moderate amount of network elements (NEs). See chapter
3 Network Scale Planning in the iManager U2000 Planning Guide for specific definitions of
management scales.

Requirements for Software Configuration

The Table 3-2 lists the software configuration requirements for the high availability system
(Solaris).

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Table 3-2 Configuration requirements on the server software

Software Description

OS Solaris 10 (10/08) with Huawei Patch 9.0.1

Veritas software Recommended configurations: Veritas 5.1

Compatible configurations: Veritas 5.0

Database SYBASE 15.0.3 with EBF16476 and EBF16548

NMS software U2000 software

NOTE
The U2000 software can be installed on the OS with either the English version
or simplified Chinese version.

CAUTION
l If you install a U2000 high availability system for the first time, the Veritas version must be
Veritas 5.1 or Veritas 5.0.
l If the current Veritas license is earlier than release 5.0, the license cannot be installed on the
Veritas 5.0 or later and you must apply for a new Veritas license of release 5.1. For details
about how to apply for a new license, see 3.8 Applying for a Veritas License.

3.2 Installation Environment Requirements

This topic describes the environment conditions required before you install a U2000, including
the telecommunications room environment, cable condition, and networking condition of the
telecommunications room.

Before installing a U2000, check the environment according to the following table.

Table 3-3 Installation environment requirements

Check Item Requirement

Temperature The required temperature range must be from 15°C to 30°C for long-term
working conditions and from 0°C to 45°C for short-term working conditions

Humidity The required humidity range must be from 40% to 65% in long-term working
conditions and from 20% to 90% in short-term working conditions

Dust The density of the dust whose diameter must be larger than 5 μm is less than
or equal to 3 × 104/m3.

Floor The floor must be anti-static, movable, and grounded.

Space The telecommunication room must have good ventilation and enough space
for operation and maintenance.

3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Check Item Requirement

Power The power supply must be an independent external power supply system that
supply can offer stable electricity. The uninterrupted power supply (UPS) is
recommended.

Cable The network where the server is located must be normal and can be accessed
successfully.

Network The routers for connecting each server must be configured. For the installation
of routers, see the installation manual delivered with routers, or contact router
suppliers. The networks of routers in every telecommunication room must be
connected, including routers and DCNs.

3.3 Networking Structure

This topic describes the networking structure of a high availability system (Solaris). Before
installing a high availability system (Solaris), you must get familiar with the networking structure
of a high availability system (Solaris).
The following figure shows the networking structure of a high availability system (Solaris).

Figure 3-1 Networking structure of a high availability system (Solaris)

Networking Description About a high availability system (Solaris)

l A high availability system (Solaris) consists of the primary site and secondary site. One
Sun workstation is located at each site.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

l Configuring a disk array is optional. A disk array is used to store database data to improve
database performance.
l The primary and secondary sites communicate with each other using a DCN. The IPMP
feature can be configured on the primary and secondary sites to prevent a single NIC from
becoming invalid.
l A U2000 client and a network management system maintenance suite client communicate
with the server using a DCN.
l NEs and the upper-layer NMS (OSS) communicate with the server using a DCN.

3.4 Collecting Installation Information

This topic describes how to collect installation information. Before installing the high
availability system (Solaris), collect required information, including the host name, IP address,
route, time zone and time, user password, installation path, component quantity, and instance
quantity.
Complete planning for the information listed in the following tables according to the iManager
U2000 Planning Guide. Collect and record the installation information in the tables.
TIP

Print the following tables and fill in the blanks with the site-specific planning information.
Examples provided in the tables are the default values of servers that come pre-installed with software from
Huawei.

Table 3-4 Host name list

Site Item Example Plan

Primary Site Host name Primaster

Secondary Host name Secmaster

Site

3-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

CAUTION
To ensure that the NMS can run properly, host name planning must comply with the following
rules and restrictions:
l The host name of the U2000 server must be unique on the network.
l The host name must be a string consisting of no more than 24 characters that can only be
letters (A to Z), digits (0 to 9) and hyphen (-).
l The first character must be a letter and the last character cannot be a hyphen.
l The host name must be case-sensitive.
l The host name cannot contain any space.
l The host name cannot contain only one character.
l The host name cannot contain --.
l The host name cannot be any of the following keywords in the high availability system.
action false keylist static after firm local stop requires
remotecluster
system group resource global Start str temp set heartbeat
ArgListValues
System Group boolean hard Name soft before online condition
MonitorOnly
remote start cluster event VCShm type Path offline Signaled
HostMonitor
Probed state Cluster IState int Type State VCShmg NameRule
ConfidenceLevel

You need to plan the following types of IP addresses:

l IP address of the workstation controller: This type of IP address is used to remotely log in
to a workstation to manage and maintain workstation hardware. For example, you can use
it to remotely install the OS or log in to a workstation to perform operation and maintenance
if the OS fails to start properly.
l IP address of the disk array controller: This type of IP address is used to remotely manage
and maintain equipment.
l System IP address: This type of IP address is used to log in to a server to manage and
maintain the OS. It is the IP address of the OS.
l IP address of the heartbeat network service: This type of IP address is used to detect status
of the network connection between the primary and secondary sites.
l IP address of the replication network service: This type of IP address is used to replicate
data between Primary and secondary sites.
l NMS application IP address: This type of IP address is used to provide external NMS
services, such as the communication between the NMS server and the clients or NEs.
NOTE

l During the network planning, the heartbeat network, replication network, and NMS application network
can be planed separately or in reuse mode. Planning the heartbeat network, replication network, and
NMS application network separately is not recommended.
l The heartbeat network, replication network, and NMS application network can be configured with
network protection, that is, IPMP. It is not recommended that IPMP be configured.
l IPMP is short for IP network multipathing. In this mode, two NICs work in 1+1 backup mode. During
configuration, an IP address is assigned to each of the NICs and a floating IP address is also set. When
the active NIC is faulty, services can be switched to the standby NIC. Configuring IPMP requires two
NICs and three IP addresses, and the three IP addresses must be on the same network segment.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

According to the number of required NICs, function types of configured IP addresses, and
whether IPMP is configured, multiple IP address planning schemes are available for the HA
system (Solaris). The typical IP address planning schemes are as follows.
NOTE
In the HA system, the primary and secondary sites can be deployed either in the same place (local
deployment) or in different cities (remote deployment). The following uses local deployment as an example
to describe IP address planning. If remote deployment is required, ensure that routes between the primary
and secondary sites are reachable.

Single-NIC Scheme (Recommended)

Single-NIC scheme: Only one NIC is required. Figure 3-2 shows the networking diagram. The
single-NIC scheme is recommended.

Figure 3-2 Networking example (single-NIC scheme)

IP planning description: Only the System IP address needs to be planned. Heartbeat detection,
data replication, and external NMS services between primary and secondary sites are all
implemented through NIC 1.
l Advantage: The networking is simple and IP addresses can be saved.
l Disadvantage: All data is transmitted over one link and faults cannot be isolated.

IP planning example: Table 3-5 shows the planning example.

Table 3-5 Example of IP address planning of the single-NIC scheme

Site Item Example (IP Address/ Description

Subnet Mask/Gateway)

Prim IP address of T5220 workstation: l Plan the IP address according to

ary the 129.9.1.20/255.255.255.0/1 the model of the selected
site workstation 29.9.1.254 workstation.
controller

3-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Site Item Example (IP Address/ Description

Subnet Mask/Gateway)

M4000 workstation: l The M4000 has the primary

l Primary controller: controller and secondary
129.9.1.21/255.255.255. controller. The IP addresses of the
0/129.9.1.254 primary controller and secondary
controller cannot be on the same
l Secondary controller: network segment.
129.9.2.21/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

IP address of OceanStor S2600: -

the disk array l Primary controller:
controller 129.9.1.22/255.255.255.
0/129.9.1.254
l Secondary controller:
129.9.1.23/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

System IP l 129.9.1.1/255.255.255.0 -
address /129.9.1.254
l Used NIC: e1000g0

Seco IP address of T5220 workstation: l Plan the IP address according to

ndar the 129.9.1.24/255.255.255.0/1 the model of the selected
y site workstation 29.9.1.254 workstation.
controller l The M4000 has the primary
M4000 workstation:
controller and secondary
l Primary controller: controller. The IP addresses of the
129.9.1.25/255.255.255. primary controller and secondary
0/129.9.1.254 controller cannot be on the same
l Secondary controller: network segment.
129.9.2.25/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

IP address of OceanStor S2600: -

the disk array l Primary controller:
controller 129.9.1.26/255.255.255.
0/129.9.1.254
l Secondary controller:
129.9.1.27/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

System IP l 129.9.1.2/255.255.255.0 -
address /129.9.1.254
l Used NIC: e1000g0

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-9

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Double-NIC Scheme (Without IPMP)

Double-NIC scheme (without IPMP): Two NICs are required. Figure 3-3 shows the
networking diagram.

Figure 3-3 Networking example (double-NIC scheme (without IPMP))

IP planning description: Only the System IP address and IP address of the heartbeat network
service need to be planned.
l OS management and NMS application are implemented through NIC 1.
l Heartbeat services and data replication services between primary and secondary sites are
implemented through NIC 2.

CAUTION
IP addresses of NIC 1 and NIC 2 must be on different network segments.

l Advantage: NMS management and HA system application are implemented through

different routes, and thus faults can be isolated.
l Disadvantage: Configurations are complex.
IP planning example: Table 3-6 shows the planning example.

3-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Table 3-6 Example of IP address planning of the double-NIC scheme (without IPMP)
Site Item Example (IP Address/ Description
Subnet Mask/Gateway)

Prima IP address of T5220 workstation: l Plan the IP address according to

ry site the 129.9.1.20/255.255.255.0/1 the model of the selected
workstation 29.9.1.254 workstation.
controller l The M4000 has the primary
M4000 workstation:
controller and secondary
l Primary controller: controller. The IP addresses of the
129.9.1.21/255.255.255. primary controller and secondary
0/129.9.1.254 controller cannot be on the same
l Secondary controller: network segment.
129.9.2.21/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

IP address of OceanStor S2600: -

the disk l Primary controller:
array 129.9.1.22/255.255.255.
controller 0/129.9.1.254
l Secondary controller:
129.9.1.23/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

System IP l 129.9.1.1/255.255.255.0 -
address /129.9.1.254
l Used NIC: e1000g0

IP address of l 129.9.2.3/255.255.255.0 -
the heartbeat /129.9.2.254
network l Used NIC: e1000g1
service

Secon IP address of T5220 workstation: l Plan the IP address according to

dary the 129.9.1.24/255.255.255.0/1 the model of the selected
site workstation 29.9.1.254 workstation.
controller l The M4000 has the primary
M4000 workstation:
controller and secondary
l Primary controller: controller. The IP addresses of the
129.9.1.25/255.255.255. primary controller and secondary
0/129.9.1.254 controller cannot be on the same
l Secondary controller: network segment.
129.9.2.25/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-11

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Site Item Example (IP Address/ Description

Subnet Mask/Gateway)

IP address of OceanStor S2600: -

the disk l Primary controller:
array 129.9.1.26/255.255.255.
controller 0/129.9.1.254
l Secondary controller:
129.9.1.27/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

System IP l 129.9.1.2/255.255.255.0 -
address /129.9.1.254
l Used NIC: e1000g0

IP address of l 129.9.2.4/255.255.255.0 -
the heartbeat /129.9.2.254
network l Used NIC: e1000g1
service

Double-NIC Scheme (with IPMP)

Double-NIC scheme (with IPMP): Two NICs are required. Figure 3-4 shows the networking
diagram.

Figure 3-4 Networking example (double-NIC scheme (with IPMP))

IP planning description:

3-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

l NIC 1 and NIC 2 work in 1+1 backup mode. The System IP address, IP address of the
active heartbeat NIC, and IP address of the standby heartbeat NIC need to be planned.
l If the NICs are running properly, the System IP address maps to the IP address of the active
heartbeat NIC. Heartbeat detection, data replication, and external NMS services between
primary and secondary sites are all implemented through the System IP address. If the active
NIC is faulty, the System IP address automatically maps to the IP address of the standby
heartbeat NIC. Heartbeat detection, data replication, and external NMS services between
primary and secondary sites are still implemented through the System IP address, thereby
implementing NIC protection.

CAUTION
The System IP address, IP address of the active heartbeat NIC, and IP address of the standby
heartbeat NIC must be on the same network segment.

l Advantage: The NICs work in 1+1 backup mode and network security is high.
l Disadvantage: The networking is complicated and many IP addresses are required. Future
maintenance is complex and switch performance must be high.

IP planning example: Table 3-7 shows the planning example.

Table 3-7 Example of IP address planning of the two-NIC scheme (with IPMP)

Site Item Example (IP Address/ Description

Subnet Mask/Gateway)

Prima IP address of T5220 workstation: l Plan the IP address according to

ry site the 129.9.1.20/255.255.255.0/1 the model of the selected
workstation 29.9.1.254 workstation.
controller l The M4000 has the primary
M4000 workstation:
controller and secondary
l Primary controller: controller. The IP addresses of the
129.9.1.21/255.255.255. primary controller and secondary
0/129.9.1.254 controller cannot be on the same
l Secondary controller: network segment.
129.9.2.21/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

IP address of OceanStor S2600: -

the disk array l Primary controller:
controller 129.9.1.22/255.255.255.
0/129.9.1.254
l Secondary controller:
129.9.1.23/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

System IP 129.9.1.1/255.255.255.0/12 -
address 9.9.1.254

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-13

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Site Item Example (IP Address/ Description

Subnet Mask/Gateway)

IP address of l 129.9.1.2/255.255.255.0 -
the active /129.9.2.254
heartbeat l Used NIC: e1000g0
NIC

IP address of l 129.9.1.3/255.255.255.0 -
the standby /129.9.3.254
heartbeat l Used NIC: e1000g1
NIC

Seco IP address of T5220 workstation: l Plan the IP address according to

ndary the 129.9.1.24/255.255.255.0/1 the model of the selected
site workstation 29.9.1.254 workstation.
controller l The M4000 has the primary
M4000 workstation:
controller and secondary
l Primary controller: controller. The IP addresses of the
129.9.1.25/255.255.255. primary controller and secondary
0/129.9.1.254 controller cannot be on the same
l Secondary controller: network segment.
129.9.2.25/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

IP address of OceanStor S2600: -

the disk array l Primary controller:
controller 129.9.1.26/255.255.255.
0/129.9.1.254
l Secondary controller:
129.9.1.27/255.255.255.
0/129.9.2.254

System IP 129.9.1.4/255.255.255.0/12 -
address 9.9.1.254

IP address of l 129.9.1.5/255.255.255.0 -
the active /129.9.2.254
heartbeat l Used NIC: e1000g0
NIC

IP address of l 129.9.1.6/255.255.255.0 -
the standby /129.9.3.254
heartbeat l Used NIC: e1000g1
NIC

Other Schemes
Contact Huawei engineers for scheme design.

3-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Table 3-8 Route list

Item Example Plan

Routing network 129.9.10.0\255.255.255.0

segment 1

Routing network 10.71.6.0\255.255.255.0

segment 2

... ...

Routing network 10.121.124.0\255.255.255.0

segment N

NOTE

Installation engineers need to add routes to the client and management network to ensure communication
between the U2000 and the client, and between the U2000 and the management network.

Table 3-9 Time zone and time list

Item Example Plan

Time zone PRC

Time 14:00

Table 3-10 User and password list

User Example Plan

T5220 controller (ILOM) changeme

user root

M4000 controller (XSCF) eis-installer

monitoring user eis-installer

OS user root root

OS user nmsuser admin123

OS user sybase No password

Database superuser (sa) changeme

Database user NMSuser

U2000 user admin admin123

network management system admin

maintenance suite user
admin

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-15

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

User Example Plan

VCS Client User admin password

Table 3-11 Quantity list of configured components and instances

Example Plan

l One instance for SDH NE

management
l One instance for PTN NE
management
l One instance for router NE
management
l ...

Before manually install an OS, determine the disk partitioning scheme. If a quick installation
DVD is used to install an OS, the installation software automatically partitions disks according
to the disk size. For details about disk partitioning planning, see G Planning Disk Partitions.

3.5 Checking Required Software

This topic describes the software required to be checked. Ensure that the required software is
on-hand and meets the installation requirements before installing the U2000.

Installation engineers can install the U2000 in either of the following ways:
l Using software packages: Required software packages must be on-hand.
l Using DVDs: Required DVDs must be on-hand.

Using Software Packages

Before installing the U2000, ensure that the Solaris OS installation DVD and software packages
are available.

Do as follows:
TIP

Read the Read Me file before downloading the software packages. The Read Me file is stored in the same
path as software packages.

1. Access http://support.huawei.com and choose Software Center > Version Software >
Network OSS&Service > iManager U2000 > iManager U2000 > iManager U2000 >
iManager U2000 V100R002.
2. Select the version to be installed.
3. Download required software packages listed in Table 3-12. It is recommended that
installation engineers use the download tool (for example, Flashget). If they use Windows
Internet Explorer, some software packages may be renamed automatically after being

3-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

downloaded to the local computer. In this case, change the software package names to the
same as those on the http://support.huawei.com.
4. Use the MD5 to verify correctness of the software packages. For details, see B.4.12 How
to Check Downloaded Software Packages by Using MD5 Software.
5. http://support.huawei.com can store files with a maximum size of 1.8 GB. The file with
the size larger than 1.8 GB will be separated into different software packages. The file name
extension is part1.rar for the first package, part2.rar for the second, part3.rar for the third,
and so on.
l Download all the required packages. Read the Read Me file before downloading the
software package. The Read Me file contains key instructions and restrictions on
downloaded files.
l Before selecting the part1.rar file to decompress, obtain the WinRAR tool from Web
site http://www.winrar.com and install the tool.

NOTE

l The Solaris OS can be installed only by using DVDs. Therefore, if you install the U2000 by using
software packages, ensure that the Solaris OS installation DVD is available.
l In an installation DVD or installation package, Version indicates the detailed version number of the
U2000. For example, V100R002C01SPCxxx.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-17

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Table 3-12 Software package list

Software Medium Name Description

Solaris OS You can install the Solaris 10 OS by It is used to install Solaris OS. It must
installation using the quick installation DVD or be available.
DVD the common installation DVD. Using
the quick installation DVD is
recommended.
l Quick installation DVD:
U2000version_server_os_solaris
_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 or
U2000version_
server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u
_dvd1
NOTE
l Ensure that the quick installation
DVD
U2000version_server_os_solaris
_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 is
available if the hardware type of
the selected server is sun4v (the
T5220 server for example).
l Ensure that the quick installation
DVD
U2000version_server_os_solaris
_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1 is
available if the hardware of the
selected server is sun4u (the
M4000 server for example).
Installation engineers can run the
uname -m command to view the
hardware type of a server after
logging in to the server OS as user
root.
l Common installation DVD:
Solaris 10 Software (10/08
SPARC Platform Edition)
NOTE
To install the Solaris 10 OS by using
the common installation DVD, you
also need to prepare the OS patch
DVD:
U2000version_server_patch_solaris
_SPARC_dvd3, or OS patch software
package
U2000version_server_ospatch_solar
is_SPARC.tar.

StorageTek Installation package: It is required only if you configure

2540 disk U2000version_ the StorageTek 2540 disk array.
array server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar
manager
CAM

3-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Software Medium Name Description

Database Installation package: It must be available. It is used to

software U2000version_ install the database.
package server_db_solaris_SPARC.tar

Veritas To install the Veritas 5.1, make the It must be available. It is used to
software following software available: install the Veritas.
package
1. Veritas software installation
package: veritas5.1_solaris.tar.gz
2. Veritas patch
package:U2000version_
server_veritas5-1_patch_solaris_
SPARC.tar
To install the Veritas 5.0, make the
following software available:
1. Veritas software installation
package:
veritas5.0MP3_solaris.tar.gz
2. Veritas patch
package:U2000Version_
server_veritas5-0_patch_solaris_
SPARC.tar

U2000 Basic component: It must be available. It is used to

server U2000version_ install the U2000.
software server_nmsbase_solaris_SPARC.tar
package
Core component: It must be available. It is used to
U2000version_ install the U2000.
server_nmscore_solaris_SPARC.tar

Transport component: It is required only if the U2000

U2000version_ needs to manage Huawei transport
server_nmstrans_solaris_SPARC.tar equipment. Huawei transport
equipment includes:
l MSTP equipment
l WDM equipment
l NA WDM equipment
l Submarine equipment
l RTN equipment
l PTN equipment

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-19

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Software Medium Name Description

IP component: It is required only if the U2000

U2000version_ needs to manage Huawei IP
server_nmsip_solaris_SPARC.tar equipment. Huawei IP equipment
includes:
l Routers
l Switches
l Metro service equipment
l Broadband access equipment
l VoIP gateways
l Firewalls
l Service inspection gateway
l SVN equipment

Access component: It is required only if the U2000

U2000version_ needs to manage Huawei access
server_nmsaccess_solaris_SPARC.ta equipment. Huawei access
r equipment includes:
l FTTx equipment
l MSAN equipment
l DSLAM equipment

Using DVDs
Ensure that the following DVDs are on-hand before installing the U2000 by using DVDs.

3-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Table 3-13 DVD list

Software DVD Name

Solaris OS installation You can install the Solaris 10 OS by using the quick installation
DVD DVD or the common installation DVD. Using the quick installation
DVD is recommended.
l Quick installation DVD:
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 or
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1
NOTE
l Ensure that the quick installation DVD
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 is available
if the hardware type of the selected server is sun4v (the T5220 server
for example).
l Ensure that the quick installation DVD
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1 is available
if the hardware of the selected server is sun4u (the M4000 server for
example).
Installation engineers can run the uname -m command to view the
hardware type of a server after logging in to the server OS as user root.
l Common installation DVD: Solaris 10 Software (10/08 SPARC
Platform Edition)
NOTE
To install the Solaris 10 OS by using the common installation DVD, you
also need to prepare the OS patch DVD:
U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3, or OS patch
software package U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar.

StorageTek 2540 disk U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3

array manager CAM
(Select it when you
configure the
StorageTek 2540 disk
array)

Database software U2000version_server_db_solaris_SPARC_dvd4

DVD

Veritas software DVD 1. Veritas software installation DVD: Storage Foundation and HA
Solutions 5.1 for Solaris SPARC or VERITAS Storage
Foundation and High Availability Solution, 5.0 Maintenance
Pack 3 for Solaris
2. Veritas patch installation DVD:
U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3

U2000 server software U2000version_server_nms_solaris_SPARC_dvd5

3.6 Checking Hardware Connections

This topic describes how to check that hardware is installed and connected properly.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-21

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Prerequisite
The server hardware must have been installed and equipment cables must have been connected.

Procedure
1 Ensure that the power cables and ground wires for all components are tightly connected and in
good contact and that the polarities are properly placed.
2 Ensure that all cables are bundled and free of visible damage.
3 Check hardware connections and network cable connections according to the hardware
connection diagram.
NOTE

l Configuring disk arrays is optional. If no disk array is configured, skip the connection to disk arrays.
l The following hardware connection diagrams are based on a single-NIC network configuration scheme. For
details about a single-NIC network configuration scheme, see 3.4 Collecting Installation Information. The
hardware connections based on other network configuration schemes are similar.
l The following figure shows the hardware connection of the T5220 server.

Figure 3-5 Hardware connection between the T5220 server and the OceanStor S2600

3-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Figure 3-6 Hardware connection between the T5220 server and the OceanStor S3100

Figure 3-7 Hardware connection between the T5220 server and the StorageTek 2540

l The following figure shows the hardware connection of the M4000 server.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-23

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Figure 3-8 Hardware connection between the M4000 server and the OceanStor S2600

Figure 3-9 Hardware connection between the M4000 server and the OceanStor S3100

3-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

Figure 3-10 Hardware connection between the M4000 server and the StorageTek 2540

4 Check the plugs and sockets.

1. Ensure that the latches of cable plugs are locked fast and the plugs of coaxial cables are
secured tightly.
2. Ensure that the pins in each socket are complete and in good order. Curved pins may cause
short circuits.

5 Ensure that all debris (cable straps, stubs, or moisture-absorbent packets) are picked up.

6 Remove unnecessary items from the telecommunications room. The workbench must be neat
and the movable floor must be level and clean.

----End

3.7 Applying for a U2000 License

This topic describes how to apply for a U2000 license.

Context
l The license file is not delivered to customers along with a U2000 installation DVD. Contact
Huawei engineers for the application of a U2000 license according to the contract number
and ESNs of the primary and secondary sites.
l An ESN is a string consisting of 40-digit numerals or letters obtained through encrypted
calculation on the MAC addresses of the U2000 server network interface. The number of
ESNs is the same as the number of network interfaces on the U2000 server.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-25

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

The U2000 license is valid as long as it is bound to any of the server ESNs. To avoid
applying for a new license due to replacing certain network interface cards (NICs), save
all the ESNs to ensure proper use of the U2000 license.
l In a high availability system (Veritas hot standby) scheme, the primary and secondary
sites share a U2000 license. The U2000 license file is bound to the ESNs of the primary
and secondary sites. When applying for a U2000 license, you must save the ESNs of the
primary and secondary sites separately.

Procedure
1 Obtain the contract number.

2 View ESNs of the primary and secondary sites by using the ESN tool carried by the NMS.

Mode 1: Use the ESN tool to generate ESNs before installing the U2000.

NOTE

Make the following preparations:

l Obtain the ESN tool released with U2000 version from http://support.huawei.com. The ESN tool
name is U2000version_ESN_solaris_SPARC.tar.
l Copy the ESN tool package to the computer.
1. FTP the ESN tool to the U2000 server in binary mode. For example, upload the ESN tool
to the /opt path. Details are as follows:
a. Log in to the computer where the ESN tool is stored.
b. Choose start > Run. Enter ftp system IP address of the server and click OK. The
FTP connection will be established and the command line interface (CLI) will be
displayed.
c. Enter root as the name of the OS user.
User (IP_address:(none)):root

d. Enter the password of user root.

Password:

e. Set the format of the file to be transferred by means of FTP to bin.

ftp> bin

f. Access the directory on the computer where the ESN tool is stored.
ftp> lcd PC_directory

g. Access the /opt directory.

ftp> cd /opt

h. Run the put command to upload the ESN tool to the server.
ftp> put ""

i. Run the following command to exit the FTP program:

ftp> quit

2. Run the following commands to decompress the ESN tool package:

# cd /opt
# tar xvf U2000version_ESN_solaris_SPARC.tar

3. Run the following command to view the ESN:

# ./esn

Information similar to the following is displayed:

ESN0:EBB74B99612CEDC82AD0A59886EC5018CE44DDD4
ESN1:BDA706C825FE0543DC028209778AA66396545412
ESN2:E1B00EEF6947DD95687AA5C608B72ACC532AB2BD

3-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 3 Installation Preparations

ESN3:F72F9EC08AEE78AA05A42EFD7BFD89F5E03139C4
...

Mode 2: View the ESN using the ESN tool of the NMS after installing the U2000.
1. Log in to the OSs of the primary and secondary sites as the root user.
2. Run the following commands to view the ESN:
# . /export/home/nmsuser/.profile
# cd /opt/U2000/server/lbin
# ./esn

NOTE

Leave a space between the dot (.) and the command /export/home/nmsuser/.profile.

Information similar to the following is displayed:

ESN0:EBB74B99612CEDC82AD0A59886EC5018CE44DDD4
ESN1:BDA706C825FE0543DC028209778AA66396545412
ESN2:E1B00EEF6947DD95687AA5C608B72ACC532AB2BD
ESN3:F72F9EC08AEE78AA05A42EFD7BFD89F5E03139C4
...

3 Send the contract number and the ESNs of the primary and secondary sites to the related Huawei
engineer or the local office of Huawei.
NOTE

Huawei engineers need the contract number and ESN to procure the license from http://
license.huawei.com. For details about how to apply for the license file, see the iManager
U2000V100R002C01 License Instructions.

4 Huawei engineers will send the license file after it is procured.

The NMS license file is stored in the .dat format.

----End

3.8 Applying for a Veritas License

This topic describes how to apply for a formal Veritas license. The Veritas license used during
U2000 installation is a demo license. After the U2000 server is delivered to the installation site,
you must replace the demo license with a formal one in time.

Context

CAUTION
The Veritas licenses for the primary and secondary sites are different and thus must be applied
for separately.

NOTE

If the version of the current Veritas license is earlier than 5.0 but the license does not expire, apply for a Veritas
license with the version of 5.1 free of charge according to the information about the current license.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-27

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
3 Installation Preparations Guide (Solaris)

Procedure
1 Collect the following information according to the Veritas license application form:
l Serial number of the license confirmation form
l Contract number
l Software item
l License item quantity

CAUTION
l The license confirmation form is delivered together with the DVD. The license confirmation
form functions as a license file and should be kept properly on site.
l If there are multiple serial numbers and the software items are the same, you must fill in
Software Item Qty with the total number of license confirmation forms.
l For the licenses whose BOMs start with 9904, no license confirmation form is available for
on-site delivery. Therefore, Huawei engineers need to fill in Serial No. with a back slash (\)
when applying for such a license.

2 Send the information to the related Huawei engineer or the local office of Huawei.
3 With the provided information, the related Huawei engineer accesses http://
support.huawei.com and chooses Software Center > Software License > Outsourcing
License > License Application. The page for applying for purchased software licenses is
displayed.
4 Huawei engineer enters the license application information to apply for a Veritas license.
5 Huawei engineer sends you the Veritas license.

----End

3-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

About This Chapter

Controller IP addresses are used to manage and maintain equipment remotely. Configure
controller IP addresses for equipment before installing the operating system (OSs).

4.1 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Workstation

This topic describes how to configure controller IP addresses for the T5220 and M4000 servers.
System controller IP addresses are used to install, manage, and maintain servers remotely. After
servers are powered on, installation engineers can set system controller IP addresses.
4.2 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Disk Arrays
This topic describes how to configure controller IP addresses for the OceanStor S2600, and
StorageTek 2540 disk array.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

4.1 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Workstation

This topic describes how to configure controller IP addresses for the T5220 and M4000 servers.
System controller IP addresses are used to install, manage, and maintain servers remotely. After
servers are powered on, installation engineers can set system controller IP addresses.
4.1.1 Configuring the IP Address for a System Controller on a T5220 Server
This topic describes how to configure the IP address for a system controller on a T5220 server.
After the IP addresses are configured, installation engineers can install, manage, and maintain
servers remotely by using this IP address.
4.1.2 Configuring the IP Address for a System Controller on an M4000 Server
This topic describes how to configure the IP address for a system controller on an M4000 server.
After the IP addresses are configured, installation engineers can install, manage, and maintain
servers remotely by using this IP address.

4.1.1 Configuring the IP Address for a System Controller on a T5220

Server
This topic describes how to configure the IP address for a system controller on a T5220 server.
After the IP addresses are configured, installation engineers can install, manage, and maintain
servers remotely by using this IP address.

Prerequisite
l The controller IP addresses are obtained.
l The server is powered on.

Context
Installation engineers can configure server connections through system controllers so that Sun
servers can be remotely controlled and maintained.
In the high availability (HA) system, operations must be performed at the primary and secondary
sites.

Procedure
1 Connect the computer and the server physically.
1. Use a serial port (DB9-RJ45) to connect the serial port of the local console and the serial
port (SERIAL MGT) of the server.
Use an RJ-45 connector at one end of the serial port cable to connect to the serial port
(SERIAL MGT) of the server and use a DB-9 connector at the other end of the cable to
connect to the serial port (COM1 or COM2) of the computer.
2. Use a network cable to connect the network management port (NET MGT) of the system
controller and the switch.

4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

Figure 4-1 Connections between the T5220 server and the controller

2 Set up a logical connection between the computer and the server.

1. Start the computer and enter Windows OS.
2. Choose start > Programs (P) > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.
3. In the Connection Description dialog box, enter the name of the new connection, such as
NMS, and click OK.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the serial port of the computer that is used to
connect to the server, such as COM1, and click OK.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Restore Defaults.
6. Click OK.
3 Press Enter.
Enter the user name and password. The default user name is root and the default password is
changeme.
NOTE

The OS will be started after this step is complete if the OS is installed on the workstation. Run the #.
command to display the prompt of the controller.

4 Perform the following operations to configure hardware at the -> prompt:

1. Enter cd /SP/network.
The following message will be displayed:
/SP/network

2. Enter set state=enabled.

The following message will be displayed:
Set 'state' to 'enabled'

3. Enter set pendingipaddress=controller IP address.

The following message will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

Set 'pendingipaddress' to 'controller IP address'

4. Enter set pendingipdiscovery=static.

The following message will be displayed:

Set 'pendingipdiscovery' to 'static'

5. Enter set pendingipnetmask=controller subnet mask.

The following message will be displayed:

Set 'pendingipnetmask' to 'controller subnet mask'

6. Enter set pendingipgateway=gateway IP address of controller.

The following message will be displayed:

Set 'pendingipgateway' to 'gateway IP address of controller'

7. Enter set commitpending=true.

The following message will be displayed:

Set 'commitpending' to 'true'

8. Enter exit to complete configuration.

5 Disconnect the serial port of the system controller from the HyperTerminal. Configuration is
complete.

----End

4.1.2 Configuring the IP Address for a System Controller on an

M4000 Server
This topic describes how to configure the IP address for a system controller on an M4000 server.
After the IP addresses are configured, installation engineers can install, manage, and maintain
servers remotely by using this IP address.

Prerequisite
l The controller IP addresses are obtained.
l The server is powered on.
l The OS of the server is shut down.

Context
Installation engineers can configure server connections through system controllers so that Sun
servers can be remotely controlled and maintained.

In the high availability (HA) system, operations must be performed at the primary and secondary
sites.

Procedure
1 Connect the computer and the server physically.
1. Use a serial port (DB9-RJ45) to connect the serial port of the local console and the serial
port (SERIAL MGT) of the server.

4-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

Use an RJ-45 connector at one end of the serial port cable to connect to the serial port
(SERIAL MGT) of the server and use a DB-9 connector at the other end of the cable to
connect to the serial port (COM1 or COM2) of the computer.
2. Use a network cable to connect the network management port (NET MGT) of the system
controller and the switch.

Figure 4-2 Connections between the M4000 server and the controller

2 Set up a logical connection between the computer and the server.

1. Start the computer and enter Windows OS.
2. Choose start > Programs (P) > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.
3. In the Connection Description dialog box, enter the name of the new connection, such as
NMS, and click OK.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the serial port of the computer that is used to
connect to the server, such as COM1, and click OK.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Restore Defaults.
6. Click OK.
3 Press Enter.
Enter the user name. Enter the default user name (default) if the system is being logged in to
for the first time.
login: default

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Change the panel mode switch to Service and press return...

4 Within 5 to 10 seconds, insert the key into the key slot in the front panel of the M4000. Turn the

switch to Service labeled with and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

Leave it in that position for at least 5 seconds. Change the panel mode switch to
Locked, and press return...

5 Within 5 to 10 seconds, turn the switch to Locked labeled with and press Enter.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
XSCF>

NOTE

If the event that XSCF> is not displayed (which means that login has failed), attempt to log in again.

6 Run the following commands to create a monitor user:

XSCF> adduser eis-installer
XSCF> setprivileges eis-installer platadm useradm auditadm fieldeng
XSCF> password eis-installer
New XSCF password:
Retype new XSCF password:

NOTE
The password must contain the following:
l At least two letters
l At least one number or one special character
l At least 8 to 16 characters
The eis-installer user has complete access rights and can run all commands after the password is set. The
default password is eis-installer.

7 Run the following commands to log in to the system as the new user:
XSCF> exit
logout
login: eis-installer

8 Enter the password.

9 Run the following command to set the time for automatic logout:
XSCF> setautologout -s 60
60min

10 Run the following command to set the time zone:

XSCF> settimezone -c settz -s name_of_the_time_zone

NOTE

Run the following command to query the name of the time zone:
XSCF> settimezone -c settz -a -M

11 Run the following command to set the time:

XSCF> setdate -s time

NOTE

System time is entered in year.month.date-hour:minute:second (for example, 2008.03.25-17:13:00).

System time will be displayed in the following format:
Tue Mar 25 17:13:00 CST 2008

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n]:

12 Enter n.
13 Run the following command to set the altitude:
XSCF> setaltitude -s altitude=1000

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

4-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

1000m

14 Run the following command to enable SSH:

XSCF> setssh -c enable

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Continue? [y|n]:

15 Enter y.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings.

16 Run the following command to enable the Telnet function:

XSCF> settelnet -c enable

17 Run the following command to configure the DSCP of the controller:

XSCF> setdscp
DSCP network [0.0.0.0] > 192.168.224.0
DSCP netmask [255.255.255.0] >
Press Enter to continue.
XSCF address [192.168.224.1] >
Press Enter to continue.
Domain #00 address [192.168.224.2] >
Press Enter to continue.
Domain #01 address [192.168.224.3] >
Press Enter to continue.
NOTE

If the configuration is being performed for the first time, the following message will be displayed: Commit
these changes to the database? [y|n]. Enter y to accept the settings.

18 Run the following commands to set the IP addresses of the controllers:

XSCF> setnetwork -c up xscf#0-lan#0
XSCF> setnetwork -c up xscf#0-lan#1
XSCF> setnetwork xscf#0-lan#0 -m Subnet_mask IP_address_of_the_primary_controller
XSCF> setnetwork xscf#0-lan#1 -m Subnet_mask IP_address_of_the_secondary_controller
XSCF> sethostname -d huawei.com
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 0.0.0.0 -g
IP_address_of_the_network_gateway_of_the_primary_controller xscf#0-lan#0
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 0.0.0.0 -g
IP_address_of_the_network_gateway_of_the_secondary_controller xscf#0-lan#1

19 Run the following command:

XSCF> sethostname xscf#0 sc

20 Run the following command to apply network settings:

XSCF> applynetwork

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

The following network settings will be applied:
xscf#0 hostname :sc
DNS domain name :huawei.com

interface :xscf#0-lan#0
status :up
IP address :IP_address_of_the_primary_controller
netmask :255.255.255.0
route :-n 0.0.0.0 -m 0.0.0.0 -g
IP_address_of_the_network_gateway_of_the_primary_controller

interface :xscf#0-lan#1
status :up
IP address :IP_address_of_the_secondary_controller
netmask :255.255.255.0

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

route :-n 0.0.0.0 -m 0.0.0.0 -g

IP_address_of_the_network_gateway_of_the_secondary_controller

Continue? [y|n]

21 Enter y.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings.
Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing
showhostname, shownetwork, showroute and shownameserver after rebooting
the XSCF.

22 Run the following command to restart the system controller so that the settings take effect:
XSCF> rebootxscf

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n]:

23 Enter y to restart the controller.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
XSCF> Mar 25 09:13:02 localhost XSCF[105]: XSCF shutdown sequence start
execute K000end -- complete
execute K100end -- complete
execute K101end -- complete
......
login:

Restarting the system controller takes about three minutes. Wait patiently.

24 Optional: Perform the following to test the connection of the network management port of the
primary controller.
TIP

l The port of the primary controller on the M4000 server is on the right.
l Before the test, the console must communicate properly with the primary controller on the M4000
server. If the console is directly connected to the primary controller of the M4000 server by a network
cable, you must change the IP address of the console to ensure that the IP addresses of the console and
the primary controller are on the same network segment. For example, if the IP address of the primary
controller is 129.9.1.21, the IP address of the console must be changed to 129.9.1.121.
1. Run the following command on the console:
# telnet IP_address_of_the_primary_controller

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

login:

2. Enter the user name eis-installer.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
password:

3. Enter the password of user eis-installer.

4. Run the following command to exit the connection to the primary controller:
XSCF> exit

If installation engineers cannot log in to the network management port (NET MGT), check
the network cable and the IP address settings on the console. If the problem persists,
configure the server through the serial port cable of the local console again.

25 Optional: Perform the following to test the connection of the network management port of the
secondary controller.

4-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

TIP

l The port of the secondary controller on the M4000 server is on the left.
l Before the test, the console must communicate properly with the secondary controller on the M4000
server. If the console is directly connected to the secondary controller of the M4000 server by a network
cable, you must change the IP address of the console to ensure that the IP addresses of the console and
the secondary controller are on the same network segment. For example, if the IP address of the primary
controller is 129.9.2.21, the IP address of the console must be changed to 129.9.2.121.
1. Run the following command on the console:
# telnet IP_address_of_the_secondary_controller

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

login:

2. Enter the user name eis-installer.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
password:

3. Enter the password of user eis-installer.

4. Run the following command to exit the connection to the primary controller:
XSCF> exit
If you cannot log in to the network management port (NET MGT), check the network cable
and the IP address settings on the console. If the problem persists, configure the server
through the serial port cable of the local console again.

26 Disconnect the serial port of the system controller from the HyperTerminal. Configuration is
complete.

----End

4.2 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Disk Arrays

This topic describes how to configure controller IP addresses for the OceanStor S2600, and
StorageTek 2540 disk array.
4.2.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S2600 Disk Array
This topic describes how to configure the SC IP address of OceanStor S2600 disk array.
4.2.2 Configuring the SC IP Address of the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array
This topic describes how to configure SC IP address of the StorageTek 2540 disk array.

4.2.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S2600 Disk

Array
This topic describes how to configure the SC IP address of OceanStor S2600 disk array.

Prerequisite
l The controller IP addresses are obtained.
l The power cable of the disk array is connected.

Context
Each OceanStor S2600 disk array has two controllers that need to be configured with
management interfaces separately.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-9

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

Procedure
1 Connect the computer and controller A of the disk array physically.
Use a serial port cable (DB9-RJ45) to connect the serial port of the local controller to the serial
port of the disk array (SERIAL MGT).
Use an RJ-45 connector at one end of the serial port cable to connect to the serial port of the
disk array (SERIAL MGT) and a DB-9 connector at the other end of the cable to connect to the
serial port of the computer (COM1 or COM2).

2 Set up a logical connection between the computer and controller A.

1. Start the computer and enter Windows OS.
2. Choose start > Programs (P) > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.
3. In the Connection Description dialog box, enter the name of the new connection, such as
NMS, and click OK.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the serial port of the computer that is used to
connect to the disk array, such as COM1, and click OK.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the attributes of the serial port as follows:
l Bits per second: 115200 bps
l Data bits: 8 bit
l Parity: None
l Stop bits: 1 bit
l Flow control: None
6. Click OK.
The following message will be displayed on the Windows management terminal if the
connection was established:
Login:

7. Enter the user name and password to log in.

NOTE

The default user name and password of the system administrator are admin and 123456.

4-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

After login authentication, the system will display the CLI.

3 In the CLI, run the chgctrlip command to configure the IP address for the network interface of
controller A. See Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Command format and parameter description of the chgctrlip command

Command Format Parameter Description

chgctrlip -c controller ID { -a IP l -c controller ID: Indicates the controller ID.

address | -s subnet mask | -g gateway } The value of this parameter is a or b, where,
a represents controller A and b represents
controller B.
l -a IP address: Indicates the IP address of the
management network interface of the
controller.
l -s subnet mask: Indicates the subnet mask.
l -g gateway: Indicates the gateway.

The following is an example:

Configure the IP address for the management network interface of controller A. Specifically,
the IP address is 129.9.1.10, the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0, and the gateway IP address is
129.9.1.254. Run the following command:
OceanStor: admin> chgctrlip -c a -a 129.9.1.10 -s 255.255.255.0 -g 129.9.1.254

4 Disconnect the serial port from controller A.

1. In the CLI, run the logout command.
2. On the computer, exit the HyperTerminal software.
3. Remove the serial port cable on the disk array.

5 Repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to configure the network interface of controller B.

1. Connect the computer and controller B physically.
2. Establish a logical connection between the computer and controller B.
3. Configure the IP address of the network interface of controller B on the local console.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-11

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

TIP

Run the showctrlip command to query the IP address of the management network interface of a controller
after the chgctrlip command. Table 4-2 provides the format and parameter description of the
showctrlip command.

Table 4-2 Command format and parameter description of the showctrlip command

Command Format Parameter Description

showctrlip [ -c controller ID ] l -c controller ID: Indicates the controller ID. The

value of this parameter is a or b, where, a
represents controller A and b represents controller
B.

Precautions for running the showctrlip command are as follows:

l Run the showctrlip command to query the IP addresses of the management network interfaces of all
controllers.
l Run the showctrlip -c controller ID command to query the IP address of the management network
interface of a specified controller.
The following is an example for querying the IP addresses of the management network interfaces of all
controllers:
OceanStor: admin> showctrlip
Controller IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address
A 129.9.1.10 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0
00:12:34:56:70:46
B 129.9.1.11 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0
00:12:34:56:79:92

6 Disconnect the serial port from controller B.

1. In the CLI, run the logout command.
2. On the computer, exit the HyperTerminal software.
3. Remove the serial port cable on the disk array.

----End

4.2.2 Configuring the SC IP Address of the StorageTek 2540 Disk

Array
This topic describes how to configure SC IP address of the StorageTek 2540 disk array.

Prerequisite
l The controller IP addresses are obtained.
l The power cable of the disk array is connected.

Context
Each StorageTek 2540 disk array has two controllers that need to be configured separately.

Procedure
1 Connect the computer and controller A of the disk array physically.

4-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

Use a serial port cable (DB9-PS/2) to connect the serial port of the local controller to the serial
port of the disk array (SERIAL MGT).

Use a PS/2 connector at one end of the serial port cable to connect to the serial port of the disk
array (SERIAL MGT) and a DB-9 connector at the other end of the cable to connect to the serial
port of the computer (COM1 or COM2).

Figure 4-3 Connections between the local console and the controller on the StorageTek 2540
disk array

2 Set up a logical connection between the computer and controller A.

1. Start the computer and enter Windows OS.
2. Choose start > Programs (P) > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.
3. In the Connection Description dialog box, enter the name of the new connection, such as
NMS, and click OK.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the serial port of the computer that is used to
connect to the disk array, such as COM1, and click OK.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the attributes of the serial port as follows:
l Bits per second: 38400 bps
l Data bit: 8 bit
l Parity check: none
l Stop bit: 1 bit
l Data flow control: none
6. Click OK.

3 Configure the IP address of the network interface of controller A of the disk array on the local
console.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-13

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

Each StorageTek 2540 disk array has two controllers that need to be configured separately.
1. Send a break signal from the computer by pressing Ctrl+Pause Break.
Press within 5 seconds: <S> for Service In press <space> within 5 seconds
Baud rate set to 38400

2. Enter S to open the service window.

03/28/08-05:21:18 (GMT) (utlTimer): WARN: Extended Link Down Timeout on
channel 2
03/28/08-05:21:18 (GMT) (utlTimer): WARN: Extended Link Down Timeout on
channel 3
Current date: 03/28/08 time: 05:22:11
Enter Password to access Service Interface (60 sec timeout):

3. Enter a password. Enter the default password kra16wen to access the disk array if the
configuration is being performed for the first time.
NOTE

In the default password, 1 is the number one and not the letter l.
->
Service Interface Main Menu
==============================

1) Display IP Configuration
2) Change IP Configuration
3) Reset Storage Array (SYMbol) Password
Q) Quit Menu

Enter Selection:

4. Enter 2 to set the IP address of the first controller.

Enable IPv4? (Y/N):

5. Enter y to enable IPv4.

Configure using DHCP? (Y/N): n

6. Enter n to disable DHCP.

Press '.' to clear the field;

Press '-' to return to the previous field;
Press <ENTER> and then ^D to quit (Keep Changes)

Current Configuration New Configuration

IP Address if0 :
Subnet Mask if0 :
Gateway IP Address if0 :

7. Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway IP address of the controller.
The IP Configuration is getting changed to:

IP Address : IP address of the controller

Subnet Mask : Subnet mask of the controller
Gateway IP Address : Gateway IP address of the controller

Are you sure that you want to change IP Configuration ? (Y/N): y

8. Enter y if you want to modify the IP address.

Network Configuration successfully changed.

Enable IPv6? (Y/N):

9. Enter n to disable IPv6.

Change port configuration (speed & duplex) ? (Y/N):

10. Enter n so that the port configuration will not be modified.

4-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 4 Configuring Controller IP Addresses

Reboot to have the settings take effect? (Y/N)

11. Enter y to restart the system and make the configuration take effect.
...
Send <BREAK> for Service Interface or baud rate change

4 Disconnect the serial port cable from controller A.

1. On the computer, exit the HyperTerminal software.
2. Remove the serial port cable on the disk array.
5 Repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to configure the network port of controller B.
1. Establish a physical connection between the computer and controller B.
2. Establish a logical connection between the computer and controller B.
3. Configure the IP address of the network interface of controller B on the local console.
4. Disconnect the serial port from controller B.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4-15

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 5 Powering On a Server

5 Powering On a Server

This topic describes how to power on a server. The T5220 server, M4000 server, and disk array
are taken as examples to show how to power on a server according to the server type and disk
array type.

T5220 Server
1. Connect the power supply to a T5220 server.
2. Wait for 2 to 3 minutes until the indicator on the front of the server turns on. Press the
power button of the T5220 server to start it.
NOTE

The power button is on the left of the server's front panel. It is labeled with , as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 5-1 Power button of the T5220 server

NOTE

l The server will display an OK prompt if a Solaris OS has not been installed on it.
l The server will automatically start a Solaris OS after power-on if the OS has been installed on it. Enter
boot to start a Solaris OS manually if the server displays an OK prompt.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
5 Powering On a Server Guide (Solaris)

M4000 Server
1. Connect the power supply to an M4000 server.
2. Insert the key delivered with the server into the key slot in the front panel of the M4000

server, and then turn the switch to the Service position labeled with , as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 5-2 Power button of the M4000 server

3. Press the power button of the server. The switch is labeled with . The server starts and
then operates diagnosis.
NOTE

l Ensure that the green LED power indicator on the operation panel is on.
l If the server has not been installed with a Solaris OS, the server accesses the OK prompt state.
l If the server has been installed with a Solaris OS, the server automatically starts the Solaris OS
after power-on. If the server does not automatically start the Solaris OS but accesses the OK
prompt state, enter boot to start the Solaris OS manually.

4. After the server is started, turn the rotary switch to the Locked position labeled with .

5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 5 Powering On a Server

Disk Arrays

CAUTION
l Ensure that main power switch of the rack and the power switch of the UPS module are off
before powering on the system.
l Do not pull out or plug in disk modules, controllers, fibers, network cables, or serial cables
when powering-on the disk to avoid loss of data.
l Do not disconnect or connect to the power supply while the disk is saving data. This is to
prevent the disk from being damaged losing data. Wait for at least 1 minute before
reconnecting the power supply once it has been disconnected.

1. Connect the power supply to the disk array.

2. Switch the two power buttons on the back to the ON position.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD

6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick

Installation DVD

This topic describes how to install a Solaris 10 OS for the primary and secondary sites using a
quick installation DVD.

Prerequisite
l The quick installation DVD U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 or
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1 is available.
NOTE

l Ensure that the quick installation DVD U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2

is available if the hardware type of the selected server is sun4v (the T5220 server for example).
l Ensure that the quick installation DVD U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1
is available if the hardware of the selected server is sun4u (the M4000 server for example).
Installation engineers can run the uname -m command to view the hardware type of a server after
logging in to the server OS as user root.
l Obtain the following information:
– Host name
– Network interface
– System IP address
– Subnet mask
– Default Route IP address
l The IP address of the system controller is configured. For details about how to configure
the IP address, see 4.1 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Workstation.

Context

CAUTION
The operations mentioned in this topic must be performed on all the servers of the primary and
secondary sites.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD Guide (Solaris)

If no quick installation DVD is available on site, manually install an OS using the Solaris
installation DVD delivered along with equipment. For details about how to manually install an
OS, see F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches.

Procedure
1 Optional: If the quick installation DVD is used to install two or more servers, remove network
cables from the system network interfaces of the servers and only keep network cables connected
to network interfaces corresponding to system controllers for the purpose of installing Solaris
OS.
2 Optional: If the T5220 server is used, perform the following operations to display the OK
prompt:
1. Log in to the system controller in SSH mode.
NOTE

The T5220 server does not support login through Telnet. Log in to the system controller performing
the following:
l Install the tool software of the SSH client on the Windows terminal to log in to the system
controller, for example: Putty.
l Run the ssh SC_IP_Address command on the terminals of other Sun servers. If the following
message is displayed, enter yes:
The authenticity of host '129.9.1.20 (129.9.1.20)' can't be
established.
RSA key fingerprint is 0b:23:07:0c:27:72:44:3f:d1:aa:12:99:ed:dd:c0:5a.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?

2. In the CLI, enter the user name and password of the system controller. The default user
name and password are root and changeme.
3. Enter set /HOST/bootmode state=reset_nvram script="setenv auto-boot? false".
NOTE

There must be a space between ? and false.

The following message will be displayed:

Set 'state' to 'reset_nvram'
Set 'script' to 'setenv auto-boot? false'

4. Enter start /SYS.

The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SYS (y/n)?

5. Enter y to start the T5220.

The system is running if the following message is displayed:
start: Target already started
Perform the following operations:
a. Enter stop /SYS.
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to stop /SYS (y/n)?

b. Enter y.
The following message will be displayed:
Stopping /SYS

c. Enter show /HOST status repeatedly to check the system status.

6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD

Proceed with the subsequent operations until the following message is displayed:
status = Powered off

d. Enter start /SYS.

The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SYS (y/n)?

e. Enter y to start the T5220.

6. Enter start /SP/console -f.
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SP/console (y/n)?

7. Enter y and press Enter.

NOTE

If a prompt is displayed, enter y and press Enter.

The following message will be displayed:

Serial console started. To stop, type #.
...
Setting NVRAM parameters to default values.

SPARC Enterprise T5220, No Keyboard

Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
OpenBoot 4.28.0, 8064 MB memory available, Serial #85369820.
Ethernet address 0:21:28:16:a3:dc, Host ID: 8516a3dc.

auto-boot? = false
{0} ok

3 Optional: If the M4000 server is used, perform the following to display the OK prompt:
1. Log in to the system controller through Telnet. Run the telnet Controller IP Address
command on the controller.
The following message will be displayed:
Login:

2. Enter eis-installer as the user name.

The following message will be displayed:
Password:

3. Enter the password of user eis-installer.

The following message will be displayed:
XSCF>

4. Enter showdomainmode -d 0.
The following message will be displayed:
Host-ID : 8501c2de
Diagnostic Level : min
Secure Mode : off (host watchdog: unavailable Break-signal: receive)
Autoboot : on
CPU Mode : auto

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD Guide (Solaris)

NOTE
If the Secure Mode item is in the on state, perform the following:
a. Enter setdomainmode -d 0 -m secure=off.
The following message will be displayed:
Diagnostic Level :min -> -
Secure Mode : on -> off
Autoboot : on -> -
CPU Mode : auto
The specified modes will be changed.
Continue? [y|n]
b. Enter y.
The following message will be displayed:
configured.
Diagnostic Level : min
Secure Mode : off (host watchdog: unavailable Break-signal:
receive)
Autoboot : on (autoboot:on)
CPU Mode : auto

5. Enter showdomainstatus -a.

The following message will be displayed:
DID Domain Status
00 Running
01 -

NOTE

If the following message is displayed, run the poweron -d 0 command:

DID Domain Status
00 Powered Off
01 -
Run the showdomainstatus -a command repeatedly to check the system status. Proceed with the
next step only after the status is displayed as running.
6. Enter sendbreak -d 0.
The following message will be displayed:
Send break signal to DomainID 0? [y|n]

7. Enter y.
8. Enter console -d 0 -f.
The following message will be displayed:
Connect to DomainID 0? [y|n]

9. Enter y and press Enter.

OK

4 Insert the quick installation DVD of the server into the DVD drive of the server.
5 Run the following command at the OK prompt to set the OS automatic startup and press
Enter:
ok setenv auto-boot? true

NOTE

There must be a space between ? and true.

If the following message is displayed, the configuration is complete:

auto-boot? = true

6 Run the following command to configure all network interfaces on the workstation to use
different MAC addresses and press Enter:

6-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD

ok setenv local-mac-address? true

NOTE

There must be a space between ? and true.

If the following message is displayed, the configuration is complete:
local-mac-address? = true

7 Run the following command to enable the system to boot from the DVD-ROM and open the
single-user installation window. Press Enter.
ok boot cdrom - install

NOTE

There must be a space between - and install.

Wait about five minutes. The single-user installation window will be displayed.
Please select the server mode:
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 Single Server System
2 High Availability System (Veritas Hot Standby)
---------------------------------------------------------------
Please enter [1,2]:
>

8 Enter 2 to select the Veritas high availability system. Then, press Enter.
Please confirm the configuration...
The server mode is as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------
2 High Availability System (Veritas Hot Standby)
---------------------------------------------------------------
Enter 'y' to apply the configuration and proceed to the next stage of the
restoration, or 'n' to return and make changes (y/n):
>

9 Confirm the configurations. Enter y and press Enter.

All the selections are confirmed.
If the server will use a disk array:
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 Yes
2 No
---------------------------------------------------------------
Please enter [1,2]:
>

10 Enter 1 or 2 according to conditions at your site. For example, if a disk array is not connected,
select 2.
The choice is as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------
2 No
---------------------------------------------------------------
Enter 'y' to apply the configuration and continue the
restoration, or enter 'n' to return and make changes (y/n):
>

11 Ensure that the configurations are correct. Enter y and press Enter.
Please select a language for the server:
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 English (C)
2 Chinese (zh_CN.GB18030)
---------------------------------------------------------------
Please enter [1,2]:
>

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l If 1 is entered, the English version is automatically selected during installation.

l If 2 is entered, the Chinese version is automatically selected during installation.
l In a high availability (HA) system, select the same language for the primary and secondary sites when
restoring system data.

12 Enter 1 and press Enter.

The language is as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 English (C)
---------------------------------------------------------------
Enter 'y' to apply the configuration and continue the
restoration, or enter 'n' to return and make changes (y/n):

13 Enter y after you confirm that the configuration is correct and press Enter.
Please configure the network information on the server.
Please enter a new hostname for the server:
>

14 Enter the planned host name of the server and press Enter.
NOTE

If the OS is installed at the primary site, enter the host name planned for the primary site, such as primaster; if
the OS is installed at the secondary site, enter the host name planned for the secondary site, such as
secmaster.
Please enter a new IP address for the server:
>

15 Enter the system IP address of the server and press Enter.

NOTE

If the OS is installed at the primary site, enter the system IP address of the primary site; if the OS is installed at
the secondary site, enter the system IP address of the secondary site.
Please enter a new subnet mask for the server:
>

16 Enter the system IP address mask of the server and press Enter.
NOTE

If the OS is installed at the primary site, enter the system IP address mask of the primary site; if the OS is installed
at the secondary site, enter the system IP address mask of the secondary site.
Please enter the default route of the server, or keep the default route blank:
>

17 Enter the default gateway of the server and press Enter.

NOTE

If the OS is installed at the primary site, enter the default gateway address of the primary site; if the OS is installed
at the secondary site, enter the default gateway address of the secondary site.
Confirm the configuration of the server.
The configuration of the server is as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------
Hostname Primaster
IP address 129.9.1.1
Netmask 255.255.255.0
Default route 129.1.1.254
---------------------------------------------------------------
Enter 'y' to apply the configuration and continue the
restoration, or enter 'n' to return and make changes [y/n]:
>

6-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD

18 Enter y after you confirm that the configuration is correct and press Enter.
The configuration of the local server is confirmed.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The NICs available in the local server are as follows:
-------------------------------------------
1 e1000g0
2 e1000g1
3 e1000g2
4 e1000g3
5 nxge0
6 nxge1
7 nxge2
8 nxge3
-------------------------------------------
Please enter a number to select the system NIC[1-8]:
>

19 Enter 1 or another number to select the correct network interface of the system IP address and
press Enter.
NIC e1000g0 is selected!
Enter 'y' to confirm the selection of NIC e1000g0 and continue,
or enter 'n' to return and make changes [y/n]:
>

20 Enter y after you confirm that the configuration is correct and press Enter. The system
automatically starts to import data.
NOTE

l The workstation automatically restarts after the system data is imported.

l If # appears after the message "Solaris installation program completed" is displayed, enter reboot and
press Enter to restart the OS.
l It takes about 60 minutes to import the system data from the DVD to the workstation. The time required
depends on the workstation model.
l If the Configure Keyboard Layout window is displayed, press F2 to continue.

21 Log in to the Solaris OS as user root.

NOTE

l The default login password is root.

l By default, the system enables the root user to perform remote login and use the FTP tool.

If login to Solaris OS as user root is possible, Solaris OS is successfully installed. Otherwise,

install the OS again.

22 Run the following command to eject the DVD:

# eject

----End

Follow-up Procedure
l Run the following command to view the version of the system:
# uname -rv

Information similar to 5.10 Generic_141414-07 is displayed. Here, 5.10

Generic_141414-07 indicates the patch version of the Solaris 10(10/08) OS.
If the patch version is 5.10 Generic_141414-07, the OS and patches are successfully
installed. Otherwise, refer to this topic to reinstall the OS and its patches.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
6 Installing a Solaris 10 OS Using a Quick Installation DVD Guide (Solaris)

l After the OS installation is completed by using the quick installation CD-ROM, the default
time zone is PRC. The local time and time zone can be changed as required. For details,
see B.1.4.2 How to Change the System Time and Time Zone of Solaris OS.

6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

7 Installing the U2000 Software

About This Chapter

This topic describes how to install the U2000 software on the primary and secondary sites. You
must start the U2000 installation program after the U2000 is preconfigured using a DVD or
software package.

7.1 Preparing Software Packages

This topic describes how to upload and decompress software packages. Software packages must
be uploaded to the server and then decompressed if the software packages are used to install the
U2000. If the U2000 is installed by using DVD-ROMs, skip this operation.
7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000
Before starting the U2000 installation program, you must configure the OSs of the primary and
secondary sites. Preconfigure the system by using a DVD or software package. The
preconfiguration process involves copying installation files from the DVD or decompressed
software package, generating the HWICMR script, modifying system parameters by using the
HWICMR script, installing Veritas-related software and patches, encapsulating disks, creating
disk volumes, configuring disk arrays, and configuring disk mirroring.
7.3 Starting the U2000 Installation Program
This topic describes how to start the U2000 installation program. Install the U2000 software
through the GUI (recommended) or CLI. If the GUI cannot be logged in to, install the U2000
software through the CLI.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

7.1 Preparing Software Packages

This topic describes how to upload and decompress software packages. Software packages must
be uploaded to the server and then decompressed if the software packages are used to install the
U2000. If the U2000 is installed by using DVD-ROMs, skip this operation.

Context
The U2000 can be installed by using software packages or installation DVDs. To install the
U2000 by using software packages, perform the following operations to upload software
packages to the server and then decompress them.

CAUTION
l Do not download the U2000version_client_solaris_SPARC.tar software package.
Decompressing the U2000version_client_solaris_SPARC.tar and the following software
packages into the same directory will cause the U2000 installation to fail.
l All software packages must be uploaded to the specified directories at the primary and
secondary sties.

Procedure
1 Upload all software packages except the Veritas software to the /opt/install path on the server
and then decompress them.
1. Log in to the Solaris OS as the root user.
2. Run the following command to create the /opt/install directory:
# mkdir /opt/install

3. Do as follows to upload the software packages using FTP in bin mode to the /opt/install
directory on the server:
NOTE
The software packages to be uploaded are as follows:
l Veritas patch: U2000version_server_veritas5-1_patch_solaris_SPARC.tar or
U2000Version_server_veritas5-0_patch_solaris_SPARC.tar
l Database software: U2000version_server_db_solaris_SPARC.tar
l Basic components: U2000version_server_nmsbase_solaris_SPARC.tar
l Core components: U2000version_server_nmscore_solaris_SPARC.tar
l Components of the transport domain (Select it if you want to manage transport or PTN equipment):
U2000version_server_nmstrans_solaris_SPARC.tar
l Components of the IP domain (Select it if you want to manage routers, switches, or security
equipment): U2000version_server_nmsip_solaris_SPARC.tar
l Components of the access domain (Select it if you want to manage access equipment):
U2000version_server_nmsaccess_solaris_SPARC.tar
l StorageTek 2540 disk array manager CAM (Select it when you configure the StorageTek 2540 disk
array): U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar

a. Log in to the PC where the software packages reside.

7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

b. Choose Start > Run. Then, enter ftp the_system_IP_address_of_server and click
OK. The FTP connection is set up and the CLI is displayed.
c. Enter root as the user name of the server.
User (IP Address:(none)):root

d. Enter the password of the root user.

Password:

e. Set the FTP transmission mode to bin.

ftp> bin

f. Enter the path where the software packages are stored on the PC.
ftp> lcd the_path_of_PC

g. Enter the /opt/install directory.

ftp> cd /opt/install

h. Run the put command to upload all required software packages to the server:
ftp> put Name_of_software_package

For example, put U2000version_server_nmscore_solaris_SPARC.tar.

Wait for a moment. When the software packages are uploaded, the system prompts
Transfer complete.

CAUTION
Upload all of the needed software packages to the server.

i. Run the following command to exit from FTP:

ftp> quit

4. Run the following commands to switch to the directory where the software packages reside,
and then run the tar command to decompress the uploaded software packages on the server.

CAUTION
Decompression of the Veritas patch package must comply with the following rules:
l If the used Veritas software is Veritas 5.1, decompressing the Veritas patch package is
optional. It is recommended that the Veritas patch package not be decompressed.
l If the used Veritas software is Veritas 5.0, decompressing the Veritas patch package is
prohibited.
The other software packages must be decompressed one by one. There is no specific
decompression sequence.

# cd /opt/install
# tar xvf Name_of_software_package

For example, tar xvf U2000version_server_nmscore_solaris_SPARC.tar.

5. Run the following command to delete the software packages and release the space used by
the software packaged:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

CAUTION
The Veritas patch package U2000version_server_veritas5-1_patch_solaris_SPARC.tar or
U2000V100R002C01_server_veritas5-0_patch_solaris_SPARC.tar cannot be deleted.

# rm Name_of_software_package

For example, rm U2000version_server_nmscore_solaris_SPARC.tar.

2 Do as follows to upload the Veritas software package veritas5.1_solaris.tar.gz to the /opt/
vrtstmp path on the workstation and then decompress it:
NOTE
If Veritas 5.0 is downloaded, the software package is veritas5.0MP3_solaris.tar.gz.
1. Run the following command to create the /opt/vrtstmp directory:
# mkdir /opt/vrtstmp

2. Upload the veritas5.1_solaris.tar.gz file to the /opt/vrtstmp directory using FTP in binary
mode. For details, see Step 1.
3. Run the following commands to switch to the directory where the software packages reside,
and then run the following commands to decompress all of the uploaded software packages:
# cd /opt/vrtstmp
# gzcat veritas5.1_solaris.tar.gz | tar -xvBpf -
# chmod -R +x *

4. Run the following command to delete the software packages and release the space used by
the software packaged:
# rm Name_of_software_package

For example, rm veritas5.1_solaris.tar.gz.

----End

7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000

Before starting the U2000 installation program, you must configure the OSs of the primary and
secondary sites. Preconfigure the system by using a DVD or software package. The
preconfiguration process involves copying installation files from the DVD or decompressed
software package, generating the HWICMR script, modifying system parameters by using the
HWICMR script, installing Veritas-related software and patches, encapsulating disks, creating
disk volumes, configuring disk arrays, and configuring disk mirroring.

Prerequisite
l The installation software has been prepared. For more information, see 7.1 Preparing
Software Packages.
l The hardware is properly connected. For more information, see .
l Installation engineers are familiar with the IP address planning scheme of the U2000. For
more information, see 3.4 Collecting Installation Information.
l The primary and secondary power supplies of the disk array have been powered on. For
more information, see 5 Powering On a Server.
l IP addresses have been assigned to disk array controllers if automatic disk array
configuration by means of the HWICMR is required.

7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

– For information about how to configure the SC IP of OceanStor S2600 disk array, see
4.2.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S2600 Disk Array.
– For information about how to configure the SC IP of OceanStor S3100 disk array, see
H.3.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array.
– For information about how to configure the SC IP of StorageTek 2540 disk array, see
4.2.2 Configuring the SC IP Address of the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array.

Context

CAUTION
l Configure the OSs on the servers of the primary and secondary sites.
l Do not adjust the size of the CLI when performing the operations described in this topic.

The topic mainly describes the following configurations:

l Modify service network settings, including the server IP address, server host name, and
IPMP feature.
l Install the Veritas software and patches.
l Configure disk mirroring.
l Configure disk arrays. Check whether disk arrays are automatically connected to the server.
If no, connect the disk arrays with the server.

A scenario where the disk array is mounted is mainly described in this section, while a scenario
where a disk array is not mounted is also addressed.

Procedure
1 Log in to the OS as user root.

2 Start copying software.

l Mode one: If installation is performed using a DVD, do as follows:
1. Insert the installation DVD of the U2000 server software into the server DVD-ROM.
2. Run the following commands to switch to the directory where the pre_install.sh file is
stored and run the pre_install.sh file to start copying software:
# cd /cdrom/cdrom0/engineering/HWICMR
# . ./pre_install.sh

NOTE

There must be a space between the dot (.) and the command ./pre_install.sh.
It takes approximately five minutes to complete system pre-configuration. The pre-
configuration includes copying the HWICMR, Network Management System
Maintenance Suite, and Java environment.
– Path for the Java environment variable: /opt/HWNMSJRE
– Path for the NMS maintenance suite: /opt/HWENGR
– HWICMR path: /opt/HWICMR
A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

=============================================
System pre-configuration
=============================================
...
...
=============================================
Cannot find database installation package.
Please insert the installation CD #3, or extract database compress package
to /opt/install, or input another path that contains a database installation
package, then press Enter key to continue

3. The DVD-ROM will eject the installation DVD for the U2000 server software after
configuration is complete. Insert the installation DVD for the database software into the
server DVD-ROM.
The system will automatically copy the database installation software to the server.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Deal with Database installation file to /opt/install...

> Finish
If install High Availability NMS System (Veritas Hot Standby), input "1" to
start deal with Veritas installation software.
If no need, input "2" to skip

4. Enter 1 to copy the Veritas software.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Start deal with Veritas software ...
Can not find Veritas installation file.
Please insert the Veritas CD, or extract veritas compress package to /opt/
vrtstmp, or input another path that contains veritas installation file, then
press Enter key to continue

5. The DVD-ROM automatically ejects the installation DVD of the database software.
Insert the installation DVD of the Veritas software into the DVD-ROM of the server,
and then press Enter. The process takes about five minutes. Wait patiently.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Deal with Veritas installation file to /opt/vrtstmp ... > Finish

Can not find Veritas patch package file.

Please insert the Veritas patch DVD or extract Veritas patch compress
package to /opt/vrtstmp, or input another path that contains Veritas patch
file , then press Enter to continue

6. The DVD-ROM automatically ejects the installation DVD of the Veritas software.
Insert the installation DVD of system patches into the DVD-ROM of the server, and
then press Enter.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Configure OS successful...
Finish...

7. Run the following commands to eject the DVD.

# cd /
# eject

l Mode two: If installation is performed using a software package, do as follows:

1. Run the following commands to switch to the directory where the pre_install.sh file is
stored and run the pre_install.sh file to start copying software:
# cd /opt/install/engineering/HWICMR
# ./pre_install.sh

2. It takes approximately five minutes to complete system pre-configuration. The pre-

configuration includes copying the HWICMR, Network Management System
Maintenance Suite, and Java environment.

7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

– Path for the Java environment variable: /opt/HWNMSJRE

– Path for the NMS maintenance suite: /opt/HWENGR
– HWICMR path: /opt/HWICMR
A message similar to the following will be displayed:

=============================================
System pre-configuration
=============================================
...
...
=============================================
Skip copy Database software ...
If install High Availability NMS System (Veritas Hot Standby), Input "1" to
start copy Veritas installation software.
If no need, input "2" to skip

3. Enter 1 to copy the Veritas software.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

CAUTION
In the scenario where installation is performed using a software package, obtain the
software package from the /opt/install directory of the server. If the following
information is displayed, it indicates that the OS has been configured successfully.

Start deal with Veritas software ...

Find exist Veritas in "/opt/vrtstmp". Skip deal with Veritas installation
package.
Start deal with Veritas software's patches ...
Deal with Veritas software's patches finished
> Finish

=============================================
Solaris patch 9.0.1 is already installed. Skip patch install.

=============================================
* NMS Engineering Directory : /opt/HWENGR
* NMS Software Lib Directory : /opt/install/
* NMS Java Runtime Environment : /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol

Configure OS successful...
Finish...

3 Ensure that the language environment variable of the system is C.

Run the following command to check the language environment variable of the system:
# echo $LANG

If C is not displayed, change the language environment variable description in the /etc/
TIMEZONE file to LANG=C, and then restart the system. Perform the following steps:

NOTE

The language environment variable C of the OS indicates that the system language is English.
1. Run the following commands to change the language environment variable description in
the /etc/TIMEZONE file.
# cd /opt/HWICMR/tools

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

# ./ChangeLanEnv.sh

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Getting the current working directory...
Working directory: /opt/HWICMR/tools
The current language is "zh_CN.GB18030", Do you really want to change? [y or n]

2. Enter y and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please enter the language you want to change!

3. Enter C and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
You input is C. Press Y to confirm!

4. Enter Y and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Success to update, please restart the system to take effect!

5. Run the following commands to restart the OS:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

4 Optional: If disk arrays are installed, perform this step. Otherwise, skip this step.
NOTE

l The OceanStor S2600 disk array (6 x 300 GB) and the StorageTek 2540 disk array (6 x 300 GB) support
automatic configuration by means of the HWICMR. To use disk arrays that do not support automatic
configuration, contact Huawei engineers.
l The OceanStor S3100 disk array does not support automatic script configuration. For details about how to
configure the OceanStor S3100 disk array, see H.3.2 Using the Manager Suite to Configure the OceanStor
S3100 Disk Array.

To configure the OceanStor S2600 disk array by using an automatic configuration script, perform
the following operations:
1. Run the following commands to switch to the directory where the script for configuring
the OceanStor S2600 disk array is stored, and run the AutoSetupS2600.sh script to start
configuring the OceanStor S2600 disk array:
# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin/array
# ./AutoSetupS2600.sh

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Please enter the username of the array.

2. Enter the user name of the disk array and press Enter. The default user name is admin.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please enter the password of the disk array.

3. Enter the user password of the disk array and press Enter. The default password is
123456.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please enter the IP address of array controller A.

4. Enter the IP address of the primary controller of the disk array, such as 129.9.1.10 and press
Enter.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Are you sure to continue? [y/n]

5. Enter y and press Enter. The script clears the configurations of the disk array.
Configured the disk array successfully.

7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NOTE
Wait about five minutes. The configuration result will be displayed. If the configuration fails, run
the AutoSetupS2600.sh script again. If the configuration fails again, use the ISM to configure the
OceanStor S2600 disk array. For more information, see H.1 Configuring the OceanStor S2600
Disk Array by Using the ISM.
6. Run the following commands to restart the OS:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

To configure the StorageTek 2540 disk array using the automatic configuration script, perform
the following operations:
1. Install the CAM. For details, see Step 1 in H.2 Configuring the StorageTek 2540 Disk
Array Through the Web Browser.
2. Run the following commands to navigate to the directory where the script for configuring
the StorageTek 2540 disk array is stored. Run the AutoSetup2540.sh file to start
configuring the StorageTek 2540 disk array:
# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin/array
# ./AutoSetup2540.sh dmp

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Please input "y" to go on or "n" to quit:

3. Enter y and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please input the IP address of the array:

4. Enter the IP address of a disk array controller, such as the IP address of the primary
controller 129.9.1.10, and press Enter.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Please input the password of user root...
Type your password:

5. Enter the password of user root of the OS and press Enter. The default password is root.
Wait about 10 minutes. The result of the configuration will be displayed. If the configuration
fails, run the AutoSetup2540.sh script and configure the StorageTek 2540 disk array again.
If the configuration fails again, configure the StorageTek 2540 disk array through the Web
browser. For more information, see H.2 Configuring the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array
Through the Web Browser.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
...
Succeeded to configure disk array!
...

6. Run the following commands to restart the OS:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

5 If Veritas 5.0 is installed, run the following command to change the OS system time to be within
the demo license validity period. If Veritas 5.1 is installed, skip this step.
# date 092701012006

NOTE
The demo license validity period for Veritas must be in the range of 2006–09–25 to 2006–11–25.

Run the following commands to restart the OS:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

6 Run the following commands to switch to the directory where the HWICMR is stored, and run
the install.sh script to start the HWICMR for system pre-configuration:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-9

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin
# ./install.sh -r

NOTE

If the IPMP has been configured for the network or an incorrect host name or IP address is entered during
OS configuration and the network need to be reconfigured, perform the following operations to reconfigure
the OS:
1. Press Ctrl+C to stop the program for configuring the OS.
2. Run the following commands to restart the OS and clear the network configuration environment:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6
3. Run the following commands to reconfigure the OS:
# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin
# ./install.sh -r
The information displayed is different from that displayed after the install.sh script is run for the first
time. Perform operations by following the prompts and pay attention to the configuration items whose
configuration results are Failed.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

======= Installation Type =======
Select the installation type. The installation wizard will guide
you through the rest of the installation process according
to the installation type you selected.
1. Single-Server System (Solaris)
2. High Availability System (Solaris)
Select[1]:

7 Enter 2 to select the high availability system (Veritas hot standby). Then, press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

======= The path of database =======

Please input the database path, which is a directory used to install

the database software.

Please input path or press the Enter key that used the
default directory[/opt/sybase]:

8 Enter a database installation directory. Using the default directory is recommended. Then, press
Enter.

CAUTION
The database installation path may vary according to disk partitions. By default, the database is
installed in the /opt/sybase path. Do not change the database installation path.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

======= The path of NMS =======

Please input the NMS path which is a directory used to install the
NMS software.

Please input path or press Enter key that used the default
directory [/opt/U2000]:

9 Enter a U2000 installation directory. Using the default directory is recommended. Then, press
Enter.

7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

CAUTION
The NMS installation path may vary according to disk partitions. By default, the NMS is installed
in the /opt/U2000 path. Do not change the NMS installation path.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Trying to backup the current network configurations...

Please input the system ip[129.9.1.1]:

>

10 Set IP addresses according to different NIC schemes.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-11

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

NIC Scheme Operation

Single scheme See Single-NIC Scheme (Recommended).

1. Enter a planned system IP address, for example, 129.9.1.1.
Please input the system hostname[primaster]:

2. Enter a planned host name. For example, enter Primaster when

configuring the OS of the primary site or Secmaster when configuring
the OS of the secondary site. Here, configuration of the primary site is
taken as an example.
CAUTION
To ensure that the NMS can run properly, host name planning must comply with
the following rules and restrictions:
l The host name of the U2000 server must be unique on the network.
l The host name must be a string consisting of no more than 24 characters that
can only be letters (A to Z), digits (0 to 9) and hyphen (-).
l The first character must be a letter and the last character cannot be a hyphen.
l The host name must be case-sensitive.
l The host name cannot contain any space.
l The host name cannot contain only one character.
l The host name cannot contain --.
l The host name cannot be any of the following keywords in the high availability
system.
action false keylist static after firm local stop
requires remotecluster
system group resource global Start str temp set
heartbeat ArgListValues
System Group boolean hard Name soft before online
condition MonitorOnly
remote start cluster event VCShm type Path offline
Signaled HostMonitor
Probed state Cluster IState int Type State VCShmg
NameRule ConfidenceLevel
Please input the system netmask[255.255.254.0]:

3. Enter a planned subnet mask.

Please input the system default router[129.9.1.254]:

4. Enter a planned route.

Please confirm the following configurations

5. Enter y to confirm configurations. To modify a configuration, enter n.

Will the heart beat network reuse the system network[y/n]?

6. Enter y to set the system network IP address as the heartbeat network IP

address.
Do you want to configure the heart beat network service as IPMP
[y/n]?

7. Enter n to choose not to configure IPMP.

Will the replicater network reuse the heart beat network[y/n]?

8. Enter y to reuse the heartbeat network as the replication network.

Will the NMS application network reuse the network[y/n]?

9. Enter y to reuse the network as the NMS application network.

======= Select the network type =======

Please choose one network type to reuse

1. Reuse the System network
2. Reuse the Heatbeat
network
Select[1]:
7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NIC Scheme Operation

10.Select the configurations of any network for reuse. For example, enter
1 to reuse network configurations of the system. Then, press Enter.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-13

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

NIC Scheme Operation

Double-NIC See Double-NIC Scheme (Without IPMP).

scheme 1. Enter a planned system IP address, for example, 129.9.1.1.
Please input the system hostname[primaster]:

2. Enter a planned host name. For example, enter Primaster when

configuring the OS of the primary site or Secmaster when configuring
the OS of the secondary site. Here, configuration of the primary site is
taken as an example.
CAUTION
To ensure that the NMS can run properly, host name planning must comply with
the following rules and restrictions:
l The host name of the U2000 server must be unique on the network.
l The host name must be a string consisting of no more than 24 characters that
can only be letters (A to Z), digits (0 to 9) and hyphen (-).
l The first character must be a letter and the last character cannot be a hyphen.
l The host name must be case-sensitive.
l The host name cannot contain any space.
l The host name cannot contain only one character.
l The host name cannot contain --.
l The host name cannot be any of the following keywords in the high availability
system.
action false keylist static after firm local stop
requires remotecluster
system group resource global Start str temp set
heartbeat ArgListValues
System Group boolean hard Name soft before online
condition MonitorOnly
remote start cluster event VCShm type Path offline
Signaled HostMonitor
Probed state Cluster IState int Type State VCShmg
NameRule ConfidenceLevel
Please input the system netmask[255.255.254.0]:

3. Enter a planned subnet mask.

Please input the system default router[129.9.1.254]:

4. Enter a planned route.

Please confirm the following configurations

5. Enter y to confirm configurations. To modify a configuration, enter n.

Will the heart beat network reuse the system network[y/n]?

6. Enter n to choose not to reuse the system network as the heartbeat

network.
Please select a NIC to be used for the master NIC for the heart
beat network service ip [1,2,...]:

7. Enter the serial number of an idle NIC. For example, 2.

Please input the heart beat network service ip[]:

8. Enter a planned service IP address of the heartbeat network.

Please input the hostname for the heart beat network service ip
[HBService]:

9. Press Enter.
Please input the netmask for the heart beat network service ip
[255.255.255.0]:

10.Enter a planned subnet mask.

Please confirm the following configurations

7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NIC Scheme Operation

(without 11.Enter y to confirm configurations. To modify a configuration, enter n.

IPMP) Do you want to configure the heart beat network service as IPMP
[y/n]?

12.Enter n to choose not to configure IPMP.

Will the replicater network reuse the heart beat network[y/n]?

13.Enter y to reuse the heartbeat network as the replication network.

Will the NMS application network reuse the network[y/n]?

14.Enter y to reuse the network as the NMS application network.

======= Select the network type =======

Please choose one network type to reuse

1. Reuse the System network
2. Reuse the Heatbeat
network
Select[1]:

15.Select the configurations of any network for reuse. For example, enter
1 to reuse network configurations of the system. Then, press Enter.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-15

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

NIC Scheme Operation

Double-NIC See Double-NIC Scheme (with IPMP).

scheme (with 1. Enter a planned system IP address, for example, 129.9.1.1.
IPMP) Please input the system hostname[primaster]:

2. Enter a planned host name. For example, enter Primaster when

configuring the OS of the primary site or Secmaster when configuring
the OS of the secondary site. Here, configuration of the primary site is
taken as an example.
CAUTION
To ensure that the NMS can run properly, host name planning must comply with
the following rules and restrictions:
l The host name of the U2000 server must be unique on the network.
l The host name must be a string consisting of no more than 24 characters that
can only be letters (A to Z), digits (0 to 9) and hyphen (-).
l The first character must be a letter and the last character cannot be a hyphen.
l The host name must be case-sensitive.
l The host name cannot contain any space.
l The host name cannot contain only one character.
l The host name cannot contain --.
l The host name cannot be any of the following keywords in the high availability
system.
action false keylist static after firm local stop
requires remotecluster
system group resource global Start str temp set
heartbeat ArgListValues
System Group boolean hard Name soft before online
condition MonitorOnly
remote start cluster event VCShm type Path offline
Signaled HostMonitor
Probed state Cluster IState int Type State VCShmg
NameRule ConfidenceLevel
Please input the system netmask[255.255.254.0]:

3. Enter a planned subnet mask.

Please input the system default router[129.9.1.254]:

4. Enter a planned route.

Please confirm the following configurations

5. Enter y to confirm configurations. To modify a configuration, enter n.

Will the heart beat network reuse the system network[y/n]?

6. Enter y to set the system network IP address as the heartbeat network IP

address.
Do you want to configure the heart beat network service as IPMP
[y/n]?

7. Enter y to configure IPMP for the heartbeat network.

Please input the base ip for the heart beat master NIC[]:

8. Enter a planned IP address for the active NIC of the heartbeat network.
Please input the hostname for the heart beat master base ip
[HBMaster]:

9. Press Enter.
Please input the netmask for the heart beat master base ip
[255.255.255.0]:

10.Enter a planned subnet mask.

Please confirm the following configurations

7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NIC Scheme Operation

11.Enter y. To modify a configuration, enter n.

Please select a NIC to be used for the standby NIC for the heart
beat network service ip [1,2,...]:

12.Enter a serial number for an idle NIC. For example, 2.

Please input the base ip for the heart beat standby NIC[]:

13.Enter a planned IP address for the standby NIC of the heartbeat network.
Please input the hostname for the heart beat standby base ip
[HBSlave]:

14.Press Enter.
Please input the netmask for the heart beat standby base ip
[255.255.255.0]:

15.Enter a planned subnet mask.

Please confirm the following configurations

16.Enter y to reuse the heartbeat network as the replication network.

Will the NMS application network reuse the network[y/n]?

17.Enter y to reuse the network as the NMS application network.

======= Select the network type =======

Please choose one network type to reuse

1. Reuse the System network
2. Reuse the Heatbeat
network
Select[1]:

18.Select the configurations of any network for reuse. For example, enter
1 to reuse network configurations of the system. Then, press Enter.

Other Contact Huawei engineers for scheme design.

schemes

After the network configuration is compete, information similar to the following is displayed.
It takes about 30 minutes to complete the process. Please wait patiently.
Modifying the system
parameters........................................................................
........
Installing veritas volume manager
................................................................................
Installing veritas extra patches..................................
.................................................................................

Press Enter to restart the computer...

The displayed configuration result depends on the configurations of the system network. Watch
out for failed configurations.
If Failed is returned, the configuration fails. In this case, save the operation log and contact
Huawei engineers for fault locating.
11 Press Enter to restart the server.
12 After the server is restarted, log in to the OS as the root user. Run the following commands in
the CLI to navigate to the path where the HWICMR is located and then run the install.sh file.
It takes about 10 minutes to complete the process. Please wait patiently.
# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin
# ./install.sh

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-17

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

Modifying the system

parameters........................................................................
........
Installing veritas volume manager
................................................................................
Installing veritas extra patches..................................
.................................................................................
Encapsuling
diskgroup...............................................................

Press Enter to restart the computer...

13 Press Enter to restart the server.

14 After the server is restarted, log in to the OS as the root user. Then, run the following commands
in the CLI to navigate to the path where the HWICMR is located and run the install.sh file. It
takes about 90 minutes to complete the process. Please wait patiently.
# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin
# ./install.sh

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Modifying the system parameters...............................................
Installing veritas volume
manager...................................................
Installing veritas extra
patches..................................................
Encapsuling
diskgroup...............................................................
Create volumes
It will take 3-5 minute(s) to execute this task. Please wait....
..................................................................................
......
Mirroring disks
It will take 30-60 minute(s) to execute this task. Please wait....
..................................................................................
......
Adding hotspare disk
It will take 1-2 minute(s) to execute this task. Please wait....
..................................................................................
......
Configuring the vcs
It will take 3-5 minute(s) to execute this task. Please wait....
..................................................................................
......

All operations defined in the task flow have been completed.

l operation logs are saved in:
/var/ICMR/ICMR_20060925024631.log

If Failed is returned, the configuration fails. In this case, save the operation log and contact
Huawei engineers for fault locating.

After configuring the OS, apply for the formal Veritas license for the related Veritas version as
soon as possible.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
If the IPMP has been configured for the network or an incorrect host name or IP address is
entered during OS configuration and the network need to be reconfigured, perform the following
operations to reconfigure the OS:
1. Press Ctrl+C to stop the program for configuring the OS.

7-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

2. Run the following commands to restart the OS and clear the network configuration
environment:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

3. Run the following commands to reconfigure the OS:

# cd /opt/HWICMR/bin
# ./install.sh -r
The information displayed is different from that displayed after the install.sh script is run
for the first time. Perform operations by following the prompts and pay attention to the
configuration items whose configuration results are Failed.

7.3 Starting the U2000 Installation Program

This topic describes how to start the U2000 installation program. Install the U2000 software
through the GUI (recommended) or CLI. If the GUI cannot be logged in to, install the U2000
software through the CLI.
7.3.1 Installing the U2000 Through the GUI
This topic describes how to install the U2000 software through the GUI. It is recommended that
you install the U2000 through the GUI if you are not familiar with the common commands of
the Solaris OS.
7.3.2 Installing the U2000 Through the CLI
This topic describes how to install the U2000 software through the CLI. Installation engineers
are recommended to install the U2000 through the CLI if they cannot log in to the GUI.

7.3.1 Installing the U2000 Through the GUI

This topic describes how to install the U2000 software through the GUI. It is recommended that
you install the U2000 through the GUI if you are not familiar with the common commands of
the Solaris OS.

Prerequisite
l If the U2000 is not pre-configured, see 7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000. The U2000 will
fail to install if it is not pre-configured.
l The operation procedure varies according to whether a database is installed on site.
1. The Sybase database is not reused.
If the Sybase database is not installed on site or the version of the installed database
does not meet requirements, it is recommended that the Sybase database be not reused.
The database software is pre-installed on the U2000.
2. The Sybase database is reused.
If the database is installed on the server and installation engineers want to use the
original database software, ensure that the database is running. For details, see B.3.1.3
How to Verify That the Sybase Process Is Running and B.3.1.2 How to Start the
Sybase Database Service.
– If the Sybase 12.5 is installed, do not use the original database software.
– If the Sybase 15.0 is installed, do not use the original database software. In the
event that the original Sybase 15.0 software must be used, ensure that the following
criteria are met:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-19

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

(1) The server name of the Sybase database is DBSVR. For details, see B.3.2.7 How
to Change the Server Name of the Sybase Database to DBSVR.
(2) There are not any redundant database items. For details, see B.3.2.8 How to
Delete Redundant Database Items.
(3) The character set UTF-8 is configured for the database. For details, see B.3.2.9
How to Change the Character Set of the Database to UTF-8.
l Ensure that the size of the installation directory of the server meets the requirement. For
example, if all components need to be installed, the remaining space of the installation
directory must be larger than 30 GB. It is advisable to install the components of only one
product domain if the server is configured with only two 73 GB hard disks.
TIP

Run the df -hk /opt command to view the remaining space of the /opt directory.
l The remote desktop control software is ready.

Context

CAUTION
If the server on which the steps described in this topic must be performed is not specified, perform
the steps on the primary and secondary sites.

Any of the following methods can be used to install the U2000:

l Installation by typical network: Choose the desired scenario according to the type of the
equipment to be managed. The U2000 software provides common scenarios. This method
is recommended in situations where the license file is not on-hand.
l Installation by license: This method is recommended if the license is on-hand.
l Custom installation: This method is applicable to advanced users familiar with managing
the network and U2000. This method is also recommended in the event that the license file
is on-hand and the common scenarios provided by the U2000 software are insufficient.

Procedure
1 Log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session of the server OS as user root using the
remote desktop control software.
TIP

l To log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3, perform the following operations: In the login dialog
box of the remote desktop control software, choose Options > Session > Java Desktop System,
Release 3. Then, set the session to Java Desktop System, Release 3.
l After you log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3, if the Solaris Registration Wizard dialog
box is displayed, click the Run the Solaris software without registering option button and then click
Next. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Never Register.

2 On the desktop, right-click and choose Open Terminal from the shortcut menu to display a
CLI.
3 Run the following command to check whether the system character set is correct:
# locale -a

If the following message is displayed, the character set of Solaris OS is correct. Otherwise,
reinstall the OS.

7-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

C
en_US.UTF-8

4 Run the following commands to go to the path where the install.sh file is stored and run the
install.sh file:
# cd /opt/HWENGR
# ./install.sh

Wait about one minute. The Copyright dialog box will be displayed.

NOTE

If the U2000 is not pre-configured, the /opt/HWENGR directory and the install.sh will not be generated
and the U2000 cannot be installed.
Read the terms of the software license agreement carefully.

5 Click Accept these terms, and click Next to continue. The Select Language dialog box will be
displayed.
NOTE

If a dialog box is displayed prompting you to select the directory of the installation package, enter the
directory where the installation files were uploaded to the server. For example, /opt/install.

6 Select the language according to the conditions at your site, such as English. Then, click
Next. The Installation Mode dialog box will be displayed.

l Select Installation by typical network. Then, select a scenario from the drop-down list
according to the type of the equipment to be managed.
l Select Installation by license. Then, click Browse to select the license file that has already
been applied for and issued.
l Select Custom installation.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-21

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

Any of the following methods can be used to install the U2000:

l Installation by typical network: Choose the desired scenario according to the type of the equipment
to be managed. The U2000 software provides common scenarios. This method is recommended in
situations where the license file is not on-hand.
l Installation by license: This method is recommended if the license is on-hand.
l Custom installation: This method is applicable to advanced users familiar with managing the network
and U2000. This method is also recommended in the event that the license file is on-hand and the
common scenarios provided by the U2000 software are insufficient.

7 Click Next. The Component dialog box will be displayed.

l If you select Installation by typical network, the software selects the components to be
installed according to the conditions at your site.
l If you select Installation by license, the software selects the components to be installed
according to the license file.
l If you select Custom installation, the software selects the components to be installed
according to the type of the equipment to be managed.

CAUTION
Components and instances installed on the primary and secondary sites must be the same.

8 Click Next. The Server dialog box is displayed.

NOTE

To modify the server parameters, select the server and click Modify. Then, modify the server parameters
in the dialog box that is displayed.

9 Click Next. The Deployment Parameters dialog box will be displayed.

NOTE

If the /opt/U2000 path does not exist, the Confirm dialog box will be displayed. Click Yes to create the /
opt/U2000 path.

7-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

l You can modify the number of instances only for components with single-server multi-
instance.
l Limited by the port quantity, a maximum number of 25 instances can be deployed for the
transport domain in the single-server multi-instance deployment mode.
l To use the CORBA northbound interface (NBI), XML NBI, SNMP NBI, and text NBI,
instances must be added by using the Network Management System Maintenance Suite after
installing the desired NBIs.

10 Click Next. The Version Style dialog box will be displayed.

NOTE

The following is an example of the differences between the two styles:

l For the default style, alarms are displayed in the following descending order of severity: Critical,
Major, Minor and Warning.
l For the North America style, alarms are displayed in the following five levels in descending order of
severity: Critical, Major, Minor, Not Alarmed and Not Reported.

11 Select the style according to the conditions at your site, such as Default style. Click Next. The
Installation Parameters dialog box will be displayed.
NOTE

If the components include SDH Network Element Management or SDH Service Management, the
Version Timeslot Mode dialog box will be displayed. Select the slot mode according to the conditions at
your site, such as Sequence mode. Click Next.
The Sequence mode is the international standard mode and is recommended.

The following table shows the basic settings of the database server and NMS database user.

Parameter Description

Database Installation Path Specifies the installation directory of the Sybase database.
The default value is /opt/sybase. This parameter does not
need to be set.

Data File Path Specifies the path of the data file. The default value is /opt/
sybase/data. This parameter does not need to be set.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-23

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

Parameter Description

Database Superuser Password Specifies the superuser password of the database. This
password can be left blank (not recommended). The
password must be 6-30 characters long and consists of
letters or digits. Special characters are not allowed. For
example, it can be changeme.
CAUTION
l The password of the database superuser at the primary site must
be consistent with that at the secondary site.
l If the database is installed, enter the password of the database
superuser (this password was set when the database was
installed).

Reenter Database Superuser Confirms the password of the database superuser.

Password NOTE
If the database is installed, you do not need to enter the password
of the database superuser.

Database User Password Specifies the password of the database user. This parameter
contains a minimum of six characters. The default value is
NMSuser.
CAUTION
l The password of the database user at the primary site must be
consistent with that at the secondary site.
l If the database is installed, set the password of the database user
(this password was set when the database was installed).

Reenter Database User Confirms the password of the database user.

Password

12 Set the installation parameters and click Next. The installation information will be displayed.
NOTE

l If the system prompts you to use the original database software, a database has been installed on the server.
If you reuse the database, the installation program will skip database installation. If you do not reuse the
database, the installation program will uninstall the existing database and reinstall the database. It is
recommended that installation engineers not to reuse the database.
l If the message "Select Installation Package Patch" is displayed, no database installation package is stored
in the /opt/install directory. In this case, upload database software
U2000version_server_db_solaris_SPARC.tar to the /opt/install directory on the server and decompress it.
Set the directory of the installation package to /opt/install.

13 Verify that the installation information is correct and click Next. A progress bar will be displayed.
The time required for the installation depends on the number of components to be installed and
the server configuration. The entire process takes about 120 minutes. Wait patiently.

7-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NOTE

l The NMS can automatically expand the capacity of a database according to the growth parameters
defined when the database is created. The disk space for installing the database must be greater than
the maximum size to which the file is permitted to grow. If the disk space is insufficient, the system
will display a prompt message in red. The U2000 can manage up to the maximum of NEs as supported
by the server model.
l When the progress bar reaches 99%, the system may wait about half an hour until U2000 installation
is complete. This is normal.
l If a message indicating an installation failure or interruption is displayed during installation, perform
the following operations to clear the installation environment, and then install the U2000.
1. Run the following commands to use the environment clean-up tool to clear the installation
environment:
# cd /opt/HWENGR/engineering/tool
# ./FailedNMSInstallationClear.sh
2. Perform 4 to install the U2000.

14 The system will display a prompt indicating that installation was successfully completed.
15 Click Finish to complete the U2000 installation.
16 Run the following commands to stop the VCS service:
# cd /opt/VRTSvcs/bin
# hastop -local -force

17 Run the following command to verify that the VCS service is stopped:
# ps -ef|grep had

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

root 27663 17299 0 00:31:00 pts/2 0:00 grep had

NOTE

If the had and hadshadow processes are not displayed, the VCS service is successfully stopped; otherwise,
run the kill -9 process ID command to stop the related processes.

18 Run the following commands to restart the OS:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

19 Do as follows to set Disable alarm generation for /opt/sybase/data:

CAUTION
This step needs to be performed only on the primary site.

NOTE
The /opt/sybase/data path is used to store database data. In the high availability system, data in this path must
be replicated to the secondary site in real time. The database data size is used by default according to the data
replication rate and traffic. Therefore, the remaining hard disk space is small, and an alarm is reported on Hard
Disk Monitor of the System Monitor. This alarm is a normal one and you need to set the monitoring status on
Hard Disk Monitor to Disable alarm generation.
1. Start the U2000 server. For details, see B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before
Synchronizing the Primary and Secondary Sites.
2. Log in to the GUI of the OS as the nmsuser user.
3. On the desktop, double-click U2000 System Monitor.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-25

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

4. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the U2000 user name and password to log in to
the System Monitor. The initial password for the admin user is empty and you must change
the password at the first login.
5. Choose Administration > Settings from the main menu. The System Monitor Settings
dialog box is displayed.
6. Click the Hard Disk Monitor tab. In the Disk Monitor Threshold Settings area, click
Advanced setting.
7. Click + to the left of the server name, and select the volume name that contains /opt/sybase/
data.
8. Click Default value and choose Disable alarm generation from the drop-down list.
9. Click OK.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Before synchronizing the primary and secondary sites, start the NMS to manage NEs. For details
about how to start the NMS, see B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before Synchronizing
the Primary and Secondary Sites.

7.3.2 Installing the U2000 Through the CLI

This topic describes how to install the U2000 software through the CLI. Installation engineers
are recommended to install the U2000 through the CLI if they cannot log in to the GUI.

Prerequisite
l If the U2000 is not pre-configured, see 7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000. The U2000 will
fail to install if it is not pre-configured.
l The operation procedure varies according to whether a database is installed on site.
1. The Sybase database is not reused.
If the Sybase database is not installed on site or the version of the installed database
does not meet requirements, it is recommended that the Sybase database be not reused.
The database software is pre-installed on the U2000.
2. The Sybase database is reused.
If the database is installed on the server and installation engineers want to use the
original database software, ensure that the database is running. For details, see B.3.1.3
How to Verify That the Sybase Process Is Running and B.3.1.2 How to Start the
Sybase Database Service.
– If the Sybase 12.5 is installed, do not use the original database software.
– If the Sybase 15.0 is installed, do not use the original database software. In the
event that the original Sybase 15.0 software must be used, ensure that the following
criteria are met:
(1) The server name of the Sybase database is DBSVR. For details, see B.3.2.7 How
to Change the Server Name of the Sybase Database to DBSVR.
(2) There are not any redundant database items. For details, see B.3.2.8 How to
Delete Redundant Database Items.

7-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

(3) The character set UTF-8 is configured for the database. For details, see B.3.2.9
How to Change the Character Set of the Database to UTF-8.
l Ensure that the size of the installation directory of the server meets the requirement. For
example, if all components need to be installed, the remaining space of the installation
directory must be larger than 30 GB. It is advisable to install the components of only one
product domain if the server is configured with only two 73 GB hard disks.
TIP

Run the df -hk /opt command to view the remaining space of the /opt directory.

Context

CAUTION
If the server on which the steps described in this topic must be performed is not specified, perform
the steps on the primary and secondary sites.

l A large amount of information is displayed in the CLI when installation is performed in

CLI mode. Adjust the CLI parameters before installing the U2000 to have the information
neatly and quickly displayed. Details are as follows:
1. Right-click the title bar of the CLI and choose Properties from the shortcut menu.
The Properties dialog box will be displayed.
2. On the Option tab page, set Buffer Size to 100 in the Command History area.
3. On the Layout tab page, set Width to 120 in the Screen Buffer Size area.
l Any of the following methods can be used to install the U2000:
– Installation by typical network: Choose the desired scenario according to the type of
the equipment to be managed. The U2000 software provides common scenarios. This
method is recommended in situations where the license file is not on-hand.
– Installation by license: This method is recommended if the license is on-hand.
– Custom installation: This method is applicable to advanced users familiar with
managing the network and U2000. This method is also recommended in the event that
the license file is on-hand and the common scenarios provided by the U2000 software
are insufficient.

Procedure
1 Log in to the OS of the server as user root.
2 Run the following command to verify that the character set of the system is correct:
# locale -a

If the following message is displayed, the character set of Solaris OS is correct. Otherwise,
reinstall the OS.
C
en_US.UTF-8

3 Run the following commands to switch to the path where the install.sh file is stored and run the
install.sh script:
# cd /opt/HWENGR

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-27

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

# ./install.sh -cmd

NOTE

After the message Starting NMS Engineering CMD Install Server... is displayed, wait
about two minutes.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Copyright Notice >===============
Copyright Notice
...
I accept these terms [y:Yes, n:No, n]:

NOTE

If the U2000 is not pre-configured, the /opt/HWENGR directory and the install.sh will not be generated
and the U2000 cannot be installed.
Read the terms of the software license agreement carefully. Enter y if the terms are accepted.

4 Enter y and press Enter.

NOTE

If a dialog box is displayed prompting you to select the directory of the installation package, enter the
directory where the installation files were uploaded to the server. For example, /opt/install.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c:Cancel, <p:< Previous, n:Next>, n]:

5 Enter n and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Select NMS Language >===============

NMS Version Language [1:Chinese, 2:English, 2]:

6 Enter 2 and then press Enter to select the English version.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c:Cancel, <p:< Previous, n:Next>, n]:

7 Enter n and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Select an Installation Mode >===============

[1: Installation by typical network (recommended), 2: Installation by license (for

users with license files), 3: Custom installation (for experienced users), 1]:

The following uses Installation by typical network as an example.

Any of the following methods can be used to install the U2000:

l Installation by typical network: Choose the desired scenario according to the type of the
equipment to be managed. The U2000 software provides common scenarios. This method is
recommended in situations where the license file is not on-hand.
l Installation by license: This method is recommended if the license is on-hand.
l Custom installation: This method is applicable to advanced users familiar with managing
the network and U2000. This method is also recommended in the event that the license file
is on-hand and the common scenarios provided by the U2000 software are insufficient.

7-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NOTE

l Enter 2 and press Enter to install with a license. Enter the path where the license file is stored and press
Enter. Then, follow the prompts to install the U2000.
l Enter 3 and press Enter to install with a customized installation. Then, follow the prompts to install
the U2000.

8 Enter 1 to select Installation by typical network and press Enter.

NOTE

The following uses the installation by typical network as an example.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Select a scenario: [1: Transport domain, 2: Access domain, 3: IP domain, 4: All
domains, 1 ][]:

9 Select the desired scenario according to the conditions at your site. For example, enter 1 to select
the transport network domain scenarios, and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c:Cancel, <p:< Previous, n:Next>, n]:

10 Enter n and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Select Components >===============

[1: Select Component, 2: Finished select, 1]:

CAUTION
Components and instances installed on the primary and secondary sites must be the same.

11 Enter 2 to finish selecting the components.

NOTE

l Components marked with the asterisk (*) in the component column are mandatory.
l Selected components are indicated with Y in the Option column.

Enter 1 to reselect the components to be installed if modification is still required.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c:Cancel, <p:< Previous, n:Next>, n]:

12 Enter n and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Deployment Server >===============
+---------+-------------+-------------+----------------------+-----------------+
|Server Name |IP Address|Server Type|Administrator Password|Installation Path|
+---------+-------------+-------------+----------------------+-----------------+
|Primaster|129.9.1.1|Master Server|**** |/opt/U2000 |
+---------+-------------+-------------+----------------------+-----------------+

[1: Modify , 2: Complete, 2]:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-29

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

To modify the server, enter 1 and press Enter. Follow the prompts to modify the server
parameters.

13 Confirm that the information about the server is correct. Enter 2 and press Enter to complete
the installation.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c:Cancel, <p:< Previous, n:Next>, n]:

14 Enter n and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< An instance is configured for each deployment package for the
master server.
By default, no instance is configured for a slave server.
Specify the number of instances for deployment packages for each server according
to the installation plan. >===============

[1: Configure instances, 2: Configuration is complete., 1]:

15 Enter 2 to finish the deployment of instances.

NOTE

l Enter 1 to configure the number of the instances if this parameter needs to be modified.
l You can modify the number of instances only for components with single-server multi-instance.
l Limited by the port quantity, a maximum number of 25 instances can be deployed for the transport domain
in the single-server multi-instance deployment mode.
l To use the CORBA northbound interface (NBI), XML NBI, SNMP NBI, and text NBI, instances must be
added by using the Network Management System Maintenance Suite after installing the desired NBIs.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c: Cancel, <p: < Previous, n:Next>, n]:

16 Enter n and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Select Style >===============

Version Style [1: Default style, 2: North America style, 1]:

NOTE

The following is an example of the differences between the two styles:

l For the default style, alarms are displayed in the following descending order of severity: Critical,
Major, Minor and Warning.
l For the North America style, alarms are displayed in the following five levels in descending order of
severity: Critical, Major, Minor, Not Alarmed and Not Reported.

17 Select the style according to the conditions at your site. For example, enter 1 to select Default
style and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Install [c: Cancel, <p: < Previous, n:Next>, n]:

18 Enter n and press Enter.

7-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

NOTE

If the components include SDH Network Element Management or SDH Service Management, the
Select timeslot mode information will be displayed. Select the slot mode according to the conditions at
your site. For example, enter 1 to select Sequence mode and press Enter. Enter n and press Enter to
proceed with the next step.
The Sequence mode is the international standard mode and is recommended.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

...
Database Installation Path [/opt/sybase]
Data File Path []: /opt/sybase/data
DB Super Password []:

19 Configure the information about the database service as follows:

1. Enter the password of user DB Super and press Enter.
NOTE

l Specifies the superuser password of the database. This password can be left blank (not
recommended). The password must be 6-30 characters long and consists of letters or digits.
Special characters are not allowed. For example, it can be changeme.
l The password of the database superuser at the primary site must be consistent with that at the
secondary site.
l If the database is installed, and you do not need not to perform the next operations (Enter the
password of the DB Super user again).

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Confirm DB Super Password[]:

2. Enter the password of user DB Super again and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
DB User Password [******]:

3. Enter the password of the DB user and press Enter.

NOTE

l This parameter contains a minimum of six characters and specifies the password of the DB NMS
user. The default value is NMSuser.
l The password of the database user at the primary site must be consistent with that at the secondary
site.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Confirm DB User Password [******]:

4. Enter the password of the DB user and press Enter.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Install [c: Cancel, <p: < Previous, n:Next>, n]:

5. Enter n and press Enter.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-31

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l If the system prompts you to use the original database software, a database has been installed on the
server. If you reuse the database, the installation program will skip database installation. If you do not
reuse the database, the installation program will uninstall the existing database and reinstall the
database. It is recommended that installation engineers not to reuse the database.
l If the message "Select Installation Package Patch" is displayed, no database installation package is
stored in the /opt/install directory. In this case, upload database software
U2000version_server_db_solaris_SPARC.tar to the /opt/install directory on the server and
decompress it. Set the directory of the installation package to /opt/install.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

===============< Please check the following overall information about the
U2000 installation>===============
[Basic Information]
...
Install[c:Cancel, <p:< Previous, n:Next>, n]:

20 Confirm that the installation information is correct, enter n and press Enter.
A message similar to the following will be displayed:
===============< Progress information >===============

Initializing the data model. Please wait...: 0%

NOTE

l The NMS can automatically expand the capacity of a database according to the growth parameters
defined when the database is created. The disk space for installing the database must be greater than
the maximum size to which the file is permitted to grow. If the disk space is insufficient, the system
displays a prompt message in red. The management capability of the U2000 after the installation cannot
reach the associated maximum value of this model.
l When the progress bar reaches 99%, the system may wait about half an hour until U2000 installation
is complete. This is normal.
l If a message indicating installation failure or abnormal interruption is displayed during installation,
perform the following operations to clean up the installation environment, and then install the
U2000.
1. Run the following commands to use the environment clean-up tool to clear the installation
environment:
# cd /opt/HWENGR/engineering/tool
# ./FailedNMSInstallationClear.sh
2. Run Step 3 to install the U2000.

21 After the installation, the message similar to the following will be displayed:
...
Install [c: Cancel, p: < Previous, n:Next>, n]:

22 Enter n and press Enter to complete the installation.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:
===============< Installation Completed >===============

The iManager U2000 is installed successfully.

...

23 Run the following commands to stop the VCS service:

# cd /opt/VRTSvcs/bin
# hastop -local -force

24 Run the following command to verify that the VCS service is stopped:

7-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 7 Installing the U2000 Software

# ps -ef|grep had

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

root 27663 17299 0 00:31:00 pts/2 0:00 grep had

NOTE

If the had and hadshadow processes are not displayed, the VCS service is successfully stopped; otherwise,
run the kill -9 process ID command to stop the related processes.

25 Run the following commands to restart the OS:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

26 Do as follows to set Disable alarm generation for /opt/sybase/data:

CAUTION
This step needs to be performed only on the primary site.

NOTE
The /opt/sybase/data path is used to store database data. In the high availability system, data in this path must
be replicated to the secondary site in real time. The database data size is used by default according to the data
replication rate and traffic. Therefore, the remaining hard disk space is small, and an alarm is reported on Hard
Disk Monitor of the System Monitor. This alarm is a normal one and you need to set the monitoring status on
Hard Disk Monitor to Disable alarm generation.
1. Start the U2000 server. For details, see B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before
Synchronizing the Primary and Secondary Sites.
2. Log in to the OS where the remote System Monitor is installed.
l In Windows, log in to the OS as the administrator user.
l In Solaris, log in to the GUI of the OS as the nmsuser user.
3. On the desktop, double-click U2000 System Monitor.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the U2000 user name and password to log in to
the System Monitor. The initial password for the admin user is empty and you must change
the password at the first login.
5. Choose Administration > Settings from the main menu. The System Monitor Settings
dialog box is displayed.
6. Click the Hard Disk Monitor tab. In the Disk Monitor Threshold Settings area, click
Advanced setting.
7. Click + to the left of the server name, and select the volume name that contains /opt/sybase/
data.
8. Click Default value and choose Disable alarm generation from the drop-down list.
9. Click OK.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7-33

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
7 Installing the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

Follow-up Procedure
Before synchronizing the primary and secondary sites, start the NMS to manage NEs. For details
about how to start the NMS, see B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before Synchronizing
the Primary and Secondary Sites.

7-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary Sites

8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary Sites

This topic describes how to connect the primary and secondary sites using the MSuite. After the
U2000 is installed on the primary and secondary sites, you must connect the primary and
secondary sites to establish a high availability system.

Prerequisite
l The preceding steps for installing the primary and secondary sites must be complete.
l The instances deployed on the primary and secondary sites must be the same.
l Ensure that VVR ports can be connected.
l Ensure that files can be properly transferred between primary and secondary sites.

Context
Connect the primary and secondary sites in either of the following modes:
l Mode 1 (recommended): GUI mode. If you are not familiar with common commands of
the Solaris OS, connecting the primary and secondary sites in GUI mode is recommended.
l Mode 2: CLI mode. If you fail to log in to the OS in GUI mode, using primary and secondary
sites the CLI mode is recommended.
Using the GUI mode is taken as an example here.

Procedure
l Mode 1 (recommended): Connect the primary and secondary sites in GUI mode.
1. Ensure that the MSuite servers on the primary and secondary sites have been started.
Run the following command as the root user to check whether the MSuite servers are
started:
# ps -ef | grep java

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

...
root 5694 1 0 19:47:23 ? 61:16 /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol/bin/
java -server -Dlanguage=en -Xverify:none -Xmx256m -Xm

NOTE
If the displayed information contains /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol/bin/java -server, it indicates that
the MSuite servers have been started.
If the MSuite server have not been started, run the following commands as the root
user to start the MSuite servers:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary Sites Guide (Solaris)

# cd /opt/HWENGR/engineering
# ./startserver.sh

2. Log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session of the OS of the primary site
as the nmsuser user.
NOTE

As the default password of the nmsuser user is not set, it can be blank or any character that
can be used when the OS is first logged in to as the nmsuser user. The system will prompt you
to change the password which must be a string of at least six characters and contain at least
one digit or special character. The login window will close after the password is changed. Then,
log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session process of the server OS again as the
nmsuser user.
3. On the primary site, start up the MSuite client running the following commands:
$ cd /opt/U2000/engineering
$ ./startclient.sh

Wait for about one minute. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

Then, set the related parameters according to the following table.

Parameter Settings

IP Address Specifies the system IP address on the primary site.

l If the Network Management System Maintenance Suite
client and the Network Management System Maintenance
Suite server are on the same computer, you must enter
127.0.0.1 or the system IP address on the primary site.
l If the Network Management System Maintenance Suite
client and the Network Management System Maintenance
Suite server are on different computers, enter only the
system IP address on the primary site.

Port Number Specifies the port number. The default value is 12212.

User Name Specifies the user name. The default value is admin.

Password Specifies the password of the admin user. The default

password is admin.

4. Click Login to access the NMS Maintenance Suite window.

NOTE

When you log in to the MSuite client, a progress bar showing the progress of querying subsystems
and instances is displayed. Wait until the operation is complete.

8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary Sites

5. Choose Deploy > Synchronize Primary and Secondary Sites. A dialog box is
displayed, as shown in the following figure.

6. Enter the system IP address on the opposite site, and then click OK. A progress bar
is displayed, indicating the progress of synchronizing the primary and secondary
sites. It takes about 30 minutes to complete the process. Please wait patiently until a
confirmation dialog box is displayed.
7. Click OK.
8. On the primary site, run the following command to switch from the nmsuser user to
the root user:
$ su - root

9. On the primary site, repeatedly run the following command as the root user to check
the data replication status:
# vradmin -g datadg repstatus datarvg
TIP
To save time, running the preceding command every half an hour is recommended to check
the data replication status.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Replicated Data Set: datarvg
Primary:
Host name: 192.168.1.10
RVG name: datarvg
DG name: datadg
RVG state: enabled for I/O
Data volumes: 1
VSets: 0
SRL name: srl_vol
SRL size: 1.00 G
Total secondaries: 1

Secondary:
Host name: 192.168.1.11
RVG name: datarvg
DG name: datadg
Data status: consistent, up-to-date
Replication status: replicating (connected)
Current mode: asynchronous
Logging to: SRL
Timestamp Information: behind by 0h 0m 0s

NOTE

l If Replication status is displayed as resync in progress (autosync), Data status is

displayed as in consistent, and the value of DCM is becoming smaller, it indicates that
data is being duplicated between primary and secondary sites.
l If Replication status is displayed as replicating (connected) and Data status is displayed
as consistent, , it indicates that data duplication of the high availability system (Veritas hot
standby) is complete.
l If Replication status is displayed as logging to DCM (needs dcm resynchronization),
you must run the vradmin -g datadg resync datarvg command on the primary site as the
root user to perform manual synchronization.
l The duration of data replication depends on the stability of the network bandwidth and the
volume of the data to be replicated.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary Sites Guide (Solaris)

l Mode 2: Connect the primary and secondary sites in CLI mode.

1. Ensure that the primary and secondary sites of the on the MSuite server have been
started. For details, see Step 1 in mode 1.
2. Log in to the OS of the primary site as the nmsuser user and run the following
commands:
cd /opt/U2000/engineering
./startclient.sh deploy -ip 127.0.0.1 -port 12212 -username admin -
password admin buildHA -secondaryip System IP address of the peer site
Perform operations as prompted.
3. On the primary site of the , check data replication status as the root user. For details,
see Step 9 in mode 1.
----End

8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 9 Loading or Updating a License File

9 Loading or Updating a License File

About This Chapter

This topic describes how to load or update a license file. After a U2000 is installed, it is
recommended that you update the Veritas license file and load the U2000 license file in time.
You can update the Veritas license before loading the U2000 license file or vice versa.

9.1 Updating a Veritas License

This topic describes how to update a Veritas license. The Veritas license used in the NMS
installation is a demo license. After the server is delivered to the installation site, the demo license
must be replaced with the formal Veritas license in time.
9.2 (Optional) Loading a U2000 License
This topic describes how to load a U2000 license. If Installation by license is not selected during
installation of the U2000 software, you must upload a U2000 license.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
9 Loading or Updating a License File Guide (Solaris)

9.1 Updating a Veritas License

This topic describes how to update a Veritas license. The Veritas license used in the NMS
installation is a demo license. After the server is delivered to the installation site, the demo license
must be replaced with the formal Veritas license in time.

Prerequisite
The formal Veritas license must be obtained.

Context
NOTE
You need to replace the demo licenses on the NMS servers of both the primary and secondary sites with formal
Veritas licenses.

Procedure
1 Log in to the OS as the root user.
2 To back up all the license files in the /etc/vx/licenses/lic path, run the following commands:
# mkdir /export/home/licenses
# mv /etc/vx/licenses/lic/*.vxlic /export/home/licenses

3 To access the path where the script for updating licenses is stored, run the following command:
# cd /opt/VRTS/bin

4 To update the VxVM license, run the following command:

# ./vxlicinst
The following information is displayed:
Symantec License Manager vxlicinst utility version 3.02.33.0
Copyright (C) 1996-2007 Symantec Corporation. All rights reserved.

Enter your license key :

5 Enter the new license key of VRTS STORAGE FOUNDATION STANDARD. The new license
key is in the format of XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-X. Then,
press Enter.
NOTE

l X indicates the a letter or digit of a license key.

l The information about the demo or formal license that is newly obtained is contained in the license
file.
l The new licenses include VRTS STORAGE FOUNDATION STANDARD, VRTS VOLUME
REPLICATOR OPTION, and VRTS CLUSTER SERVER HA/DR.

6 Repeat step 4, and then enter the new license key of VRTS VOLUME REPLICATOR OPTION.
7 Repeat step 4, and then enter the new license key of VRTS CLUSTER SERVER HA/DR.
8 To check whether the updated license takes effect, run the following command:
# /opt/VRTSvlic/bin/vxlicrep
Check whether the license key of the associated component is updated and whether the
authentication date of the component is correct.
9 To stop the VCS service, run the following commands:

9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 9 Loading or Updating a License File

# cd /opt/VRTSvcs/bin
# hastop -local -force

10 To check whether the VCS service is stopped, run the following command:
# ps -ef|grep had

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

root 27663 17299 0 00:31:00 pts/2 0:00 grep had

NOTE

If the had and hadshadow processes are not displayed, the VCS service is successfully stopped; otherwise,
run the kill -9 process ID command to stop the related processes.

11 To restart the OS, run the following commands:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

----End

9.2 (Optional) Loading a U2000 License

This topic describes how to load a U2000 license. If Installation by license is not selected during
installation of the U2000 software, you must upload a U2000 license.

Prerequisite
The U2000 license file must be ready. The file name cannot contain any space. If a space is
included in the file name, delete the space or change it to an underscore (_).

Context
The U2000 license must be installed on the primary and secondary sites separately.

Two methods are available for loading a U2000 license.

l Method one: Use commands to load the license. This method is applicable to users who
cannot log in to GUI OSs.
l Method two: Load the license in the GUI. This method is applicable to users who are not
familiar with common commands of the Solaris OS.

Procedure
1 On the primary site, do as follows to start U2000 processes:
1. Run the following command as the root user to start the VCS client:
# hagui &

2. Choose File > New Cluster. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
9 Loading or Updating a License File Guide (Solaris)

3. Enter the IP address for the Heartbeat network service of the primary site. Then, click
OK.

4. Enter the default user name admin and the initial password password for the VCS client.
Then, click OK.
5. Right-click AppService in the navigation tree and choose Online > host_name from the
shortcut menu.
6. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.
If all resources, including NMSServer, BackupServer, DatabaseServer, DataFilesystem,
RVGPrimary and appNIC, are in the Online on Primaster state, the U2000 server is started
successfully.

2 On the primary and secondary sites, check whether a license file already exists in the license
path. If a license file already exists, back it up.
# cd /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf/license
# ls

If the folder contains any other license file, run the following commands to back up the any other
license file to the /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf/license_backup path.
# mkdir -p /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf/license_backup
# cd /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf/license
# cp license_file_name /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf/license_backup

3 Load the U2000 license.

Method one: Use commands to load the license.

1. Send the license file to the U2000 installation path /export/home/nmsuser of the primary
site in ASCII mode by FTP as the root user. Details are as follows:
a. Log in to the PC where the license file is stored.
b. Choose Start > Run. In the Run dialog box, enter ftp system IP address of the
server and click OK. An FTP connection is established and a CLI is displayed.
c. In the CLI, enter nmsuser as the name of the OS user.
User (IP_address:(none)):nmsuser

d. Enter the password for the nmsuser user.

Password:

e. Set the format of the file to be transferred using FTP to ASCII.

9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 9 Loading or Updating a License File

ftp> ascii

f. Navigate to the path on the computer where the license file is stored.
ftp> lcd PC_directory

g. Navigate to the /export/home/nmsuser directory.

ftp> cd /export/home/nmsuser

h. Run the put command to upload the license file to the server.
ftp> put "License_file_name"

i. To exit the FTP program, run the following command:

ftp> quit

2. Do as follow to make the license take effect:

a. log in to the OS of the U2000 server as the nmsuser user on the primary site.
b. To update the U2000 license file, run the following commands:
$ cd /export/home/nmsuser
$ updateLicense -file License_file_name

Information similar to the following is displayed:

state product feature item name old
value new value
no change: U2000 COMMON LSW1CAPA01 Client
500 500
no change: U2000 COMMON LSW1CAPA01 Client
1 1
no change: U2000 COMMON LSW1FMCLT01 Alarm Export
1 1
no change: U2000 COMMON LSW1RENOTI01 Client
1 1

Are you sure to update the license?(Y/N)

c. Enter Y, and then press Enter.

3. Send the license file to the /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf/license path on the secondary site
in ASCII mode by FTP as the nmsuser user. For details, 3.1.
Method two: Load the license in the GUI.
Update the license on the primary site.
1. Log in to the OS where the U2000 client is installed.
l In Windows, log in to the OS as the administrator user.
l In Solaris, log in to the OS as the nmsuser user.
2. Save the license to be loaded to the server where the U2000 client is installed.
3. On the desktop, double-click U2000 Client. The Login dialog box is displayed.
4. In the Server drop-down list, select the server (server on the primary site) to be logged in
to. Then, set User Name and Password to the valid values, and click Login. If you have
logged in to the System Monitor before, enter the password for logging in to the System
Monitor. If you have never logged in to the System Monitor before and this is the first time
that you log in to the U2000 client, the password is empty and you must change the
password.
NOTE

l If a message indicating that no license is available is displayed when you log in to the U2000 client,
select the license to be updated as prompted.
l If an access domain component is selected during installation, choose Help > License Management
> License Information from the main menu of the U2000 client. In the License Information dialog
box, click Update License. In the Open dialog box, select the new license file and click Open.

Update the license on the secondary site.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
9 Loading or Updating a License File Guide (Solaris)

1. On the primary site, log in to the VCS client. For details, see 1.1.
2. Right-click the AppService resource group and choose Switch to > Remote switch from
the shortcut menu.
3. Select the clusters and systems to be switched.
4. Click OK.
5. In the Confirm dialog box, click Yes to switch U2000 services to the secondary site.
6. Use the U2000 client to reconnect to the system IP address of the secondary site.
NOTE

l If a message indicating that no license is available is displayed when you log in to the U2000 client,
select the license to be updated as prompted.
l If an access domain component is selected during installation, choose Help > License Management
> License Information from the main menu of the U2000 client. In the License Information dialog
box, click Update License. In the Open dialog box, select the new license file and click Open.

----End

9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 10 Checking System Installation

10 Checking System Installation

This topic describes how to check the installation of a high availability system (Solaris).

Context
l During installation of the U2000 software, the OS user nmsuser is created automatically.
The nmsuser user is used to regularly maintain a U2000.
l During installation of the U2000 software, only one default NMS user, that is, user
admin, is provided. The admin user is the administrator of the U2000 and has the highest
rights of the U2000. The default password of user admin is blank. You must change the
default password during first-time login.

Procedure
1 Log in to the OSs of the servers of the primary and secondary sites as the root user.
2 To check the U2000 version, run the following commands:
# cd /opt/U2000/server/etc/conf
# cat imap.cfg

Information similar to the following is displayed:

...
VER = U2000V100R002C01

The last line of the displayed information shows the U2000 version. If the version information
does not meet the actual requirement, uninstall the U2000 and obtain the correct software version
to install the U2000 again.
3 To check whether disk arrays are properly mounted, run the following command:
NOTE
If no disk array has been configured, skip this step.
# df -h

Information similar to the following is displayed:

Filesystem size used avail capacity Mounted on
/dev/vx/dsk/bootdg/rootvol
15G 4.6G 10G 32% /
/devices 0K 0K 0K 0% /devices
ctfs 0K 0K 0K 0% /system/contract
proc 0K 0K 0K 0% /proc
mnttab 0K 0K 0K 0% /etc/mnttab

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
10 Checking System Installation Guide (Solaris)

swap 42G 1.8M 42G 1% /etc/svc/volatile

objfs 0K 0K 0K 0% /system/object
sharefs 0K 0K 0K 0% /etc/dfs/sharetab
fd 0K 0K 0K 0% /dev/fd
/dev/vx/dsk/bootdg/var
15G 1.4G 13G 10% /var
swap 42G 88K 42G 1% /tmp
swap 42G 40K 42G 1% /var/run
swap 42G 0K 42G 0% /dev/vx/dmp
swap 42G 0K 42G 0% /dev/vx/rdmp
/dev/vx/dsk/bootdg/opt
21G 2.9G 18G 15% /opt
/dev/odm 0K 0K 0K 0% /dev/odm
/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/lv_database
20G 20M 19G 1% /opt/sybase
/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/lv_nms_data
89G 64M 88G 1% /opt/sybase/data
/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/lv_nms
197G 64M 195G 1% /opt/U2000
/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/lv_backup
197G 64M 195G 1% /opt/backup
/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/lv_ftproot
295G 64M 292G 1% /ftproot

Pay attention to the lines that contain datadg.

l If the values of Mounted on for the lines that contain datadg are the same as the preceding
command output, disk arrays are properly mounted.
l If the values of Mounted on for the lines that contain datadg are different from the preceding
command output, disk arrays are not properly mounted. Contact Huawei engineers to locate
the fault.
4 Do as follows to check the Veritas version and patch information:
1. To check the VxVM version, run the following command:
# pkginfo -l VRTSvxvm
If the VxVM version is correct, information similar to the following is displayed:
PKGINST: VRTSvxvm
NAME: Binaries for VERITAS Volume Manager by Symantec
CATEGORY: system
ARCH: sparc
VERSION: 5.1,REV=10.06.2009.22.05
BASEDIR: /
VENDOR: Symantec Corporation
DESC: Virtual Disk Subsystem
PSTAMP: 5.1.002.000-5.1RP2-2010-08-27
INSTDATE: Nov 16 2010 02:09
HOTLINE: http://support.veritas.com/phonesup/phonesup_ddProduct_.htm
EMAIL: [email protected]
STATUS: completely installed
FILES: 898 installed pathnames
37 shared pathnames
110 directories
384 executables
364221 blocks used (approx)
Pay attention to information to the right of PSTAMP. If the information to the right of
PSTAMP is not 5.1.002.000-5.1RP2-2010-08-27, you must reinstall Veritas 5.1 or contact
Huawei engineers. For details, see 7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000.
2. To check the VCS version, run the following command:
# pkginfo -l VRTSvcs
If the VCS version is correct, information similar to the following is displayed:
PKGINST: VRTSvcs
NAME: Veritas Cluster Server by Symantec
CATEGORY: system
ARCH: sparc
VERSION: 5.1

10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 10 Checking System Installation

BASEDIR: /
VENDOR: Symantec Corporation
DESC: Veritas Cluster Server by Symantec
PSTAMP: 5.1.002.000-5.1RP2-2010-08-26_19.00.00
INSTDATE: Nov 16 2010 02:17
STATUS: completely installed
FILES: 281 installed pathnames
27 shared pathnames
4 linked files
60 directories
102 executables
234265 blocks used (approx)
Pay attention to information to the right of PSTAMP. If the information to the right of
PSTAMP is not 5.1.002.000-5.1RP2-2010-08-26_19.00.00, you must reinstall Veritas 5.1
or contact Huawei engineers. For details, see 7.2 Pre-configuring the U2000.
5 To check disk group status, run the following command:
# vxdg list

Information similar to the following is displayed:

vxdg list

NAME STATE ID
rootdg enabled 1281152223.12.primaster
datadg enabled 1281151979.10.primaster

l If the value of STATE is enabled, the disk group status is correct.

l If the value of STATE is not enabled, the disk group does not function properly. Contact
Huawei engineers to locate the fault.
6 To check disk status, run the following command:
# vxdisk list

Information similar to the following is displayed:

DEVICE TYPE DISK GROUP STATUS
c1t0d0s2 auto:sliced disk01 rootdg online
c1t1d0s2 auto:sliced disk02 rootdg online
c1t2d0s2 auto:sliced disk03 datadg online
c1t3d0s2 auto:sliced disk04 rootdg online
c1t4d0s2 auto:sliced disk05 rootdg online
c1t5d0s2 auto:sliced disk06 datadg online

NOTE
The equipment names in the DEVICE column may be different from those displayed on the terminal according
to the actual situation of the workstation. Here, six hard disks are taken as an example.
l If the value of STATUS is online, the disk status is correct.
l If the value of STATUS is not online, the disk does not function properly. Contact Huawei
engineers to locate the fault.
7 To check disk volume status, run the following command:
# vxprint -v

Information similar to the following is displayed:

Disk group: rootdg

TY NAME ASSOC KSTATE LENGTH PLOFFS STATE TUTIL0 PUTIL0

v backup fsgen ENABLED 161493120 - ACTIVE - -
v home fsgen ENABLED 4212864 - ACTIVE - -
v opt fsgen ENABLED 283116672 - ACTIVE - -
v rootvol root ENABLED 41945472 - ACTIVE - -
v swapvol swap ENABLED 33560448 - ACTIVE - -
v var fsgen ENABLED 41945472 - ACTIVE - -

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
10 Checking System Installation Guide (Solaris)

Disk group: datadg

TY NAME ASSOC KSTATE LENGTH PLOFFS STATE TUTIL0 PUTIL0

v lv_nms_data datarvg ENABLED 83886080 - ACTIVE - -
v srl_vol datarvg ENABLED 2097152 SRL ACTIVE - -

NOTE
The displayed information varies with the data of the hard disks that are actually configured.
l If more than two hard disks are configured, the two disk groups (rootdg and datadg) are available.
l If only two disks are configured, only one disk group (datadg) is available.
Reference Standards
l All disk volumes used by the U2000 exist. Currently, the U2000 uses the following disk
volumes: backup, home, opt, rootvol, swapvol, var, lv_nms_data, and srl_vol.
l The value of KSTATE must be ENABLED for all disk volumes.
l The value of STATE must be ACTIVE for all disk volumes.
If disk volume status does not meet the preceding requirements, run the following command to
record details about all disk volumes, and contact Huawei local office or customer service center
in time according to warranty information.
# vxprint -l disk volume name

8 To check whether the replication between the primary and secondary sites is normal, run the
following command on the primary site:
# vradmin -g datadg repstatus datarvg

Information similar to the following is displayed:

Replicated Data Set: datarvg
Primary:
Host name: 192.168.1.10
RVG name: datarvg
DG name: datadg
RVG state: enabled for I/O
Data volumes: 1
VSets: 0
SRL name: srl_vol
SRL size: 1.00 G
Total secondaries: 1

Secondary:
Host name: 192.168.1.11
RVG name: datarvg
DG name: datadg
Data status: consistent, up-to-date
Replication status: replicating (connected)
Current mode: asynchronous
Logging to: SRL
Timestamp Information: behind by 0h 0m 0s

If the value of Replication status is replicating (connected), the replication is normal.

9 Do as follows on the primary site to start the U2000 server:
1. To start the VCS client, run the following command:
# hagui &

10-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) 10 Checking System Installation

2. Choose File > New Cluster. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

3. Enter the IP address of the Heartbeat network service of the primary site. Then, click
OK.

4. Enter the default user name admin and the initial password password for the VCS client.
Then, click OK.
5. Right-click AppService and choose Online > host_name from the shortcut menu.
NOTE
If a fault has occurred when the AppService process was started before, right-click AppService and choose
clear fault from the shortcut menu. Then, choose Online > host_name to start the AppService process.
6. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.
NOTE
If all resources, including NMSServer, BackupServer, DatabaseServer, DataFilesystem, RVGPrimary and
appNIC, are in the Online on Primaster state, the U2000 server is started successfully.

10 Log in to the active site server GUI as the nmsuser user. Then, start the System Monitor to view
the running status of each process.

CAUTION
If you cannot log in to the GUI of the server OS, do as follows to view the process status:
1. Run the su - nmsuser command to switch to the nmsuser user.
2. Run the svc_adm -cmd status command to view the process status.

1. On the desktop of the OS, double-click the U2000 System Monitor shortcut icon.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
10 Checking System Installation Guide (Solaris)

2. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the U2000 user name and password (to open the
System Monitor window). The default password of user admin is blank. You must change
the default password during first-time login.
NOTE

There are two data transmission modes, namely, Common and Security(SSL). You can run the
ssl_adm -cmd query command to query data transmission modes on the server. The ssl_adm -cmd
query command must be run as user nmsuser in Solaris and SUSE Linux OS. The default data
transmission mode is Common.

The U2000 is functioning properly if it can initiate in automatic startup mode, indicating
that the U2000 is functioning properly.
If a process cannot start, right-click the process and choose Start the Process from the
shortcut menu.
If the U2000 works properly, contact Huawei engineers.
11 Start the U2000 client as user nmsuser to log in to the server GUI.

CAUTION
The U2000 should be logged in to through a standalone client in the event that login to the server
through the GUI fails and login to the client on the server is not possible.

1. On the desktop of the OS, double-click the U2000 Client shortcut icon.
2. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the U2000 user name and password to open the
main window of the client. The user name is admin and the password is the one changed
in the previous step.
NOTE

There are two data transmission modes, namely, Common and Security(SSL). You can run the
ssl_adm -cmd query command to query data transmission modes on the server. The ssl_adm -cmd
query command must be run as user nmsuser in Solaris and SUSE Linux OS. The default data
transmission mode is Common.

----End

10-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) A Separating the Primary Site from the Secondary Site

A Separating the Primary Site from the

Secondary Site

This topic describes how to separate the primary site from the secondary site. Separating the
primary site from the secondary site refers to disconnecting the primary site and the secondary
site. In this manner, the HA system is split into two individual sites. To separate the primary site
from the secondary site, perform the following operations.

Prerequisite
Ensure that the /opt directory has available space. You can run the df -hk /opt command to view
the remaining space of the /opt directory.

Procedure
l Mode 1 (recommended): Separate the primary site from secondary site in GUI mode.
1. Ensure that the MSuite servers on the primary and secondary sites have been started.
Run the following command as the root user to check whether the MSuite servers are
started:
# ps -ef | grep java

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

...
root 5694 1 0 19:47:23 ? 61:16 /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol/bin/
java -server -Dlanguage=en -Xverify:none -Xmx256m -Xm

NOTE
If the displayed information contains /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol/bin/java -server, it indicates that
the MSuite servers have been started.
If the MSuite server have not been started, run the following commands as the root
user to start the MSuite servers:
# cd /opt/HWENGR/engineering
# ./startserver.sh

2. Log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session of the OS of the primary site
as the nmsuser user.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential A-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
A Separating the Primary Site from the Secondary Site Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

As the default password of the nmsuser user is not set, it can be blank or any character that
can be used when the OS is first logged in to as the nmsuser user. The system will prompt you
to change the password which must be a string of at least six characters and contain at least
one digit or special character. The login window will close after the password is changed. Then,
log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session process of the server OS again as the
nmsuser user.
3. On the primary site, start up the MSuite client running the following commands:
$ cd /opt/U2000/engineering
$ ./startclient.sh

Wait for about one minute. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

Then, set the related parameters according to the following table.

Parameter Settings

IP Address Specifies the system IP address on the primary site.

l If the Network Management System Maintenance Suite
client and the Network Management System Maintenance
Suite server are on the same computer, you must enter
127.0.0.1 or the system IP address on the primary site.
l If the Network Management System Maintenance Suite
client and the Network Management System Maintenance
Suite server are on different computers, enter only the
system IP address on the primary site.

Port Number Specifies the port number. The default value is 12212.

User Name Specifies the user name. The default value is admin.

Password Specifies the password of the admin user. The default

password is admin.

4. Click Login to access the NMS Maintenance Suite window.

NOTE

When you log in to the MSuite client, a progress bar showing the progress of querying subsystems
and instances is displayed. Wait until the operation is complete.
5. Choose Deploy > Separate Primary Site from Secondary Site. The Separate
Primary Site from Secondary Site dialog box is displayed.

A-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) A Separating the Primary Site from the Secondary Site

6. Click OK. The progress bar is displayed indicating the status of separating the primary
and secondary sites. Wait until the dialog box is displayed indicating that the
separation is complete.
7. Click OK.
l Mode 2: Separate the primary site from secondary site in CLI mode.
1. Ensure that the primary and secondary sites of the on the MSuite server have been
started. For details, see Step 1 in mode 1.
2. Log in to the OS of the primary site as the nmsuser user and run the following
commands:
cd /opt/U2000/engineering
./startclient.sh deploy -ip 127.0.0.1 -port 12212 -username admin -
password admin splitHA
Perform operations as prompted.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the active site and standby site are successfully separated, primary and secondary sites are
two separate sites. To re-establish the HA system, you need to perform synchronization between
the active site and standby site. For details, see 8 Connecting the Primary and Secondary
Sites.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential A-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B FAQs

This topic provides answers to the most frequent questions concerning the installation.

B.1 Solaris OS
This topic provides answers to FAQs about clients installed on Solaris OS.
B.2 Veritas HA System
This topic covers FAQs about the Veritas HA system.
B.3 Sybase Database
This topic covers FAQs about the Sybase database.
B.4 U2000 System
This topic covers FAQs about the U2000 system.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.1 Solaris OS
This topic provides answers to FAQs about clients installed on Solaris OS.

B.1.1 Network Configurations of the Workstation

This topic provides answers to FAQs about the network configurations of the workstation.
B.1.2 System Settings of the Workstation
This topic covers FAQs about workstation system settings.
B.1.3 FTP and Telnet Service Configuration
This topic covers the FAQs about the FTP and Telnet service configuration.
B.1.4 Usage and Maintenance of Workstation
This topic covers the FAQs about the usage and maintenance of the workstation.

B.1.1 Network Configurations of the Workstation

This topic provides answers to FAQs about the network configurations of the workstation.

B.1.1.1 How to Add the Default Route

B.1.1.2 How to Add a Static Route
B.1.1.3 How to Query the Gateway of a Sun Workstation
B.1.1.4 How to Check the NIC Type of a Server

B.1.1.1 How to Add the Default Route

Question
How do I add the default route?

Answer
1 Log in the OS as user root.
2 Open a terminal window in the Solaris OS.
3 Run the following command:
# vi /etc/defaultrouter

4 Enter an IP address as the default route in the file, for example, 129.9.1.254.
5 Run the vi command to save and close the file.
6 Run the following commands to restart the server:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

7 Log in to the Solaris OS as the root user. Run the netstat -nr command to view the default route
of the system.

----End

B-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.1.1.2 How to Add a Static Route

Question
How do I add a static route?

Answer
1 Log in to the system as user root.

2 Run the following command in the Terminal window to view the existing routes in the system:
# netstat -nr

3 Run the following command to add a route:

# route add network_IP_address -netmask netmask gateway_IP_address

Routes added this way will disappear after the system reboots. To prevent this from happening,
create the startup file S98router in the /etc/rc3.d directory and type the command route add
network_IP_address -netmask netmask gateway_IP_address into the boot script.

After creating the S98router file, run the following command to set the S98router file to be
executed:

# chmod a+x S98router

NOTE

Run the following command to delete a route:

# route delete network_IP_address -netmask netmask gateway_IP_address

----End

B.1.1.3 How to Query the Gateway of a Sun Workstation

Question
How do I query the gateway of a Sun workstation?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root and open the terminal window.

2 Run the following command to query the workstation:

# netstat -nr

The following message will be displayed:

Routing Table: IPv4
Destination Gateway Flags Ref Use Interface
-------------------- -------------------- ----- ----- ------ ---------
10.71.224.0 10.71.225.24 U 1 1006 bge0
224.0.0.0 10.71.225.24 U 1 0 bge0
default 10.71.224.1 UG 1 114902
127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 UH 6 25558 lo0

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l The contents displayed on the terminal will vary according to the route configuration.
l The gateway with UG listed in the Flags is the gateway of the workstation. In this example, the IP
address of the workstation gateway is 10.71.224.1. There are five flags (UGHDM) for a specified route.

----End

B.1.1.4 How to Check the NIC Type of a Server

Question
How do I check the NIC type of a server?

Answer
You can run the more /etc/path_to_inst | grep network command as user root to check the
NIC type of a server.

B.1.2 System Settings of the Workstation

This topic covers FAQs about workstation system settings.

B.1.2.1 How to Boot Up the Workstation from the CD-ROM Drive

B.1.2.2 How to Enable Input Modes on Solaris OS
B.1.2.3 How to Set the Interface Language of Solaris OS
B.1.2.4 How to Call the GUI Management Tool in Solaris 10 OS
B.1.2.5 How to Switch to the Multi-user Mode or Single-user Mode
B.1.2.6 How to Open the Terminal Window on the Desktop in the JDS
B.1.2.7 How to Operate the CD-ROM

B.1.2.1 How to Boot Up the Workstation from the CD-ROM Drive

Question
How do I boot up the workstation from the CD-ROM drive?

Answer
1 At the # prompt, run the following command to display the OK prompt (OK>):

# init 0

2 After the OK prompt is displayed, insert the installation DVD of Solaris OS into the CD-ROM
drive.

3 Enter boot cdrom and press Enter.

----End

B-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.1.2.2 How to Enable Input Modes on Solaris OS

Question
How do I solve the problem that occurs when the switch between the Chinese and English input
modes fails on Solaris OS?

Answer
1 In most cases, the problem occurs when input modes is disabled. Enable the input modes if they
are disabled.

2 Run the following commands to enable the input modes:

# cd /usr/openwin/bin

# ./htt -nosm

NOTE

This operation needs to be performed in an environment supporting GUIs. After the input modes are
enabled, the Htt flag is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen. Press Ctrl+Space to switch between
input modes. If the operation is performed on the emulation terminal WinaXe, press Ctrl+Shift+Space to
switch between input modes.

----End

B.1.2.3 How to Set the Interface Language of Solaris OS

Question
How do I set the interface language of Solaris OS?

Answer
1 Power on the workstation, and start Solaris OS.

2 Choose Options > Language. A dialog box will be displayed prompting you to select a language.

3 Select the system language from the list box according to the conditions at your site.

4 Click OK.
If you want to save the setting of the system language, select Set selected language as
default.

----End

B.1.2.4 How to Call the GUI Management Tool in Solaris 10 OS

Question
How do I call the GUI management tool in Solaris 10 OS?

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Answer
1 Log in to Solaris 10 OS through the GUI. Then, run the following command to call the GUI
management tool:
# smc &

----End

B.1.2.5 How to Switch to the Multi-user Mode or Single-user Mode

Question
How do I switch to the multi-user mode or single-user mode?

Answer
l Run the following command to switch to the multi-user mode:

ok> boot
l Run the following command to switch to the single-user mode:

ok> boot -s

----End

B.1.2.6 How to Open the Terminal Window on the Desktop in the JDS

Question
How do I open the terminal window on the desktop in the Java Desk System (JDS)?

Answer
1 Open the desktop in the JDS.
1. Enter the user name for login, such as root.
2. Choose Options > Session > Java Desktop System to select the JDS.
3. Click OK. Enter the password for the user, such as root.
4. Click OK to log in to the desktop in the JDS.

2 Right-click on the desktop in the JDS and choose Open Terminal from the shortcut menu to
open a terminal window.

----End

B.1.2.7 How to Operate the CD-ROM

Question
How do I operate the CD-ROM?

B-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

Answer
1 If the Sun workstation has a built-in CD-ROM drive, perform the following operation:
The system automatically installs the CD-ROM to the /cdrom directory after startup. If there is
a CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive, view the contents of the CD-ROM after accessing the /
cdrom directory.
2 If the Sun workstation has an external CD-ROM drive, perform the following operation:
Power on the CD-ROM drive after the SCSI wire is connected. Then, power on the workstation.
The system automatically identifies and installs the CD-ROM to the /cdrom directory after
startup.
3 Use appropriate commands to open the CD-ROM drive.
If there is a CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive, run appropriate commands to open the CD-ROM
drive.
Verify that the CD-ROM is not being used by any program and exit the directory for the CD-
ROM. Run the following command as user root:
# eject

Open the CD-ROM drive and take out the CD-ROM.

NOTE

If the system prompts "Device busy" and the CD-ROM cannot be ejected, run the following command as
user root:
# svcadm disable volfs
Press the eject button on the drive panel to take out the CD-ROM.
The drive becomes unavailable in this situation. Run the following command:
# svcadm enable volfs
The CD-ROM drive can then be used.

4 Install or start the system from the CD-ROM.

Insert the CD-ROM to the drive, and then run the following command at the OK prompt on the
workstation:
OK> boot cdrom

By doing this, you can install or start the system from the CD-ROM.
5 Check the SCSI device mounted on the workstation.
Enter the following command at the OK prompt:

OK> probe-scsi

By doing this, you can check the SCSI device mounted on the workstation. This command is
usually used to verify that the CD-ROM drive is correctly mounted.

----End

B.1.3 FTP and Telnet Service Configuration

This topic covers the FAQs about the FTP and Telnet service configuration.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.1.3.1 How to Start/Stop the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet Services
B.1.3.2 How to Enable and Disable the FTP/Telnet Authority of user root on Solaris OS
B.1.3.3 How to Transfer Files by Means of FTP

B.1.3.1 How to Start/Stop the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet Services

Question
How do I start/stop the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet services?

Answer
Use the following methods to start/stop the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet services. You are
recommended to restore the original settings afterwards.
l Start the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet services as follows:
– Starting the FTP service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to start the FTP service:
# svcadm enable ftp
– Starting the TFTP service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to verify that the TFTP service is running:
# svcs -a|grep tftp
The TFTP service is not started if there is no response.
3. Run the following command to modify the inetd configuration file:
# vi /etc/inetd.conf
Delete # to the left of TFTPD.
4. Run the following command to start the TFTP service:
# /usr/sbin/inetconv -i /etc/inetd.conf
# svcadm enable svc:/network/tftp/udp6:default
5. Run the following command to verify that the TFTP service is running:
# svcs -a|grep tftp
The TFTP service is running if a message is displayed:
online 22:07:11 svc:/network/tftp/udp6:default

– Starting the SFTP service

1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to start the SFTP service:
# vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config
Modify the "PAMAuthenticationViaKBDInt yes" to
"PAMAuthenticationViaKBDInt no", and run the :wq! command to save the
settings and exit.
# svcadm restart network/ssh

B-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

# svcadm enable network/ssh

– Starting the Telnet service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to start the Telnet service:
# svcadm enable telnet
l Stop the FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and Telnet services as follows:
– Stopping the FTP service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to stop the FTP service:
# svcadm disable ftp
– Stopping the TFTP service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to verify that the TFTP service is stopped:
# svcs -a|grep tftp
The TFTP service is running if a message similar to the following is displayed:
online 22:07:11 svc:/network/tftp/udp6:default

3. Run the following command to modify the inetd configuration file:

# vi /etc/inetd.conf
Add # to the left of TFTPD.
4. Run the following command to verify that the TFTP service is stopped:
# svcs -a|grep tftp
If there is no response, the TFTP service is stopped.
– Stopping the SFTP service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to stop the SFTP service:
# svcadm disable network/ssh
– Stopping the Telnet service
1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to stop the Telnet service:
# svcadm disable telnet

B.1.3.2 How to Enable and Disable the FTP/Telnet Authority of user root on Solaris
OS

Question
How do I enable and disable the FTP/Telnet authority for user root on Solaris OS?

Answer
1 Enable or disable the FTP authority for user root as follows:
l Enabling the FTP authority for user root

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-9

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.

2. Run the following commands to enable the FTP authority for user root:
# svcadm enable ftp
# sed "/^root/s//#root/g" /etc/ftpd/ftpusers > /tmp/ftpusers
# cp /tmp/ftpusers /etc/ftpd/ftpusers

l Disabling the FTP authority for user root

1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following commands to enable the FTP authority for user root:
# svcadm disable ftp
# sed "/^#root/s//root/g" /etc/ftpd/ftpusers > /tmp/ftpusers
# cp /tmp/ftpusers /etc/ftpd/ftpusers

2 Enable or disable the Telnet authority for user root as follows:

l Enabling the Telnet authority for user root
1. Log in to the Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following commands to enable the Telnet authority of user root:
# svcadm enable telnet
# sed "/^CONSOLE/s//#CONSOLE/g" /etc/default/login > /tmp/login
# cp /tmp/login /etc/default/login

l Disabling the Telnet authority for user root

1. Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2. Run the following commands to disable the Telnet authority of the root user:
# svcadm disable telnet
# sed "/^#CONSOLE/s//CONSOLE/g" /etc/default/login > /tmp/login
# cp /tmp/login /etc/default/login

----End

B.1.3.3 How to Transfer Files by Means of FTP

Question
How do I transfer files by means of FTP?

NOTE

The available FTP modes are ASCII (default) and binary.

To ensure that files are available after transfer, determine the FTP transfer mode before transferring files.
Generally, license files are transferred in ASCII mode whereas binary files such as NMS installation
programs and databases interfaces files are transferred in binary mode.

Answer
1 Run the following command to connect to the server by means of FTP:

ftp server IP address

Enter the user name and password of the server.

2 Set the FTP transfer mode.

l To use the ASCII mode, run the ascii command.
l To use the binary mode, run the bin command.

B-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

3 Go to the path to files to be transferred.

lcd path of files to be transferred
4 Go to the path where the files are to be transferred.
cd path to which the files are to be transferred
5 Run the following put command to transfer files:
put names of files to be transferred
6 After the files are transferred, run the quit command to break the FTP connection.

----End

B.1.4 Usage and Maintenance of Workstation

This topic covers the FAQs about the usage and maintenance of the workstation.

B.1.4.1 How to View the Versions and Release Date of the Solaris OS
B.1.4.2 How to Change the System Time and Time Zone of Solaris OS
B.1.4.3 How to View Hardware Configurations for the Sun Workstation
B.1.4.4 How to Check Whether the Hard Disk of the Sun Workstation Is Damaged
B.1.4.5 How to Check the Partition of Solaris OS
B.1.4.6 How to Check the Remaining Space of a Disk
B.1.4.7 How to Decompress Files
B.1.4.8 How to Remotely Log In to the System as User root
B.1.4.9 How to Access the OS from the Controller
B.1.4.10 How to Switch Between the Console, OK Prompt, and # Prompt
B.1.4.11 How to Use the vi Editor
B.1.4.12 How to Use the Text Editor
B.1.4.13 How to Query the Process Status
B.1.4.14 How to Forcibly End a Process

B.1.4.1 How to View the Versions and Release Date of the Solaris OS

Question
How do I view the versions and release date of Solaris OS?

Answer
1 Open a terminal window on Solaris OS.
2 Run the following command to view the version information about Solaris OS:
# uname -a

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-11

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

The Solaris version is Solaris 10 and the core patch version is 141414-07 if the following message
is displayed:
SunOS NMSServer 5.10 Generic_141414-07 sun4v sparc SUNW,SPARC-Enterprise-T5220

3 Run the following command to view the release date of Solaris OS:

# more /etc/release

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

......
Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Use is subject to license terms.
Assembled 16 August 2007

----End

B.1.4.2 How to Change the System Time and Time Zone of Solaris OS

Question
How do I to change the system time and time zone of Solaris OS?

Answer
l To change the time zone of Solaris OS, perform the following operations:
1. Run the following command to modify the /etc/TIMEZONE file:
# vi /etc/TIMEZONE

2. Change the value of TZ to the local time zone. For example, set TZ to PRC.
3. Press Esc. Press Shift+; and enter wq!. Then, press Enter to forcibly save and close
the file.
4. Run the following commands to restart the server:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

5. Run the following command to verify that the time zone is correct:
# echo $TZ

If the time zone is incorrect, verify that the /etc/TIMEZONE file and GMT are set
properly.
l To change the system time of Solaris OS, perform the following operations:
1. Run the date command to set the system date and time.
For example, to set the system date and time to 2005-11-17 16:30:43, run the following
command:
# date 111716302005.43

The following message will be displayed:

Mon Nov 17 16:30:43 CST 2005

2. Optional: Run the following commands to restart the server:

# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

----End

B-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.1.4.3 How to View Hardware Configurations for the Sun Workstation

Question
How do I view hardware configurations for the Sun workstation?

Answer
1 Log in to the Sun workstation as the root user. Then, run the following commands:
# cd /usr/platform/`uname -i`/sbin

# ./prtdiag

A message similar to the following is displayed:

System Configuration: Sun Microsystems sun4u Sun Fire V445
System clock frequency: 199 MHZ
Memory size: 8GB

==================================== CPUs ====================================

E$ CPU CPU
CPU Freq Size Implementation Mask Status Location
--- -------- ---------- --------------------- ----- ------ --------
0 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C0/P0
1 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C1/P0
2 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C2/P0
3 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C3/P0

================================= IO Devices =================================

Bus Freq Slot + Name +
Type MHz Status Path Model
------ ---- ---------- ---------------------------- --------------------
pci 199 MB pci14e4,1668 (network)
okay /pci@1e,600000/pci@0/pci@1/pci@0/network@4

pci 199 MB pci14e4,1668 (network)

okay /pci@1e,600000/pci@0/pci@1/pci@0/network@4,1

pci 199 MB/PCI2 SUNW,XVR-100 (display) SUNW,375-3290

okay /pci@1e,600000/pci@0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8/SUNW,XVR-100@1

pci 199 MB pci10b9,5229 (ide)

okay /pci@1f,700000/pci@0/pci@1/pci@0/ide@1f

pci 199 MB pci14e4,1668 (network)

okay /pci@1f,700000/pci@0/pci@2/pci@0/network@4

pci 199 MB pci14e4,1668 (network)

okay /pci@1f,700000/pci@0/pci@2/pci@0/network@4,1

pciex 199 MB scsi-pciex1000,58 (scsi-2) LSI,1068E

okay /pci@1e,600000/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0

============================ Memory Configuration ============================

Segment Table:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Base Address Size Interleave Factor Contains
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0x0 2GB 4 BankIDs 0,1,2,3
0x1000000000 2GB 4 BankIDs 16,17,18,19
0x2000000000 2GB 4 BankIDs 32,33,34,35
0x3000000000 2GB 4 BankIDs 48,49,50,51

Bank Table:
-----------------------------------------------------------

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-13

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Physical Location
ID ControllerID GroupID Size Interleave Way
-----------------------------------------------------------
0 0 0 512MB 0,1,2,3
1 0 1 512MB
2 0 1 512MB
3 0 0 512MB
16 1 0 512MB 0,1,2,3
17 1 1 512MB
18 1 1 512MB
19 1 0 512MB
32 2 0 512MB 0,1,2,3
33 2 1 512MB
34 2 1 512MB
35 2 0 512MB
48 3 0 512MB 0,1,2,3
49 3 1 512MB
50 3 1 512MB
51 3 0 512MB

Memory Module Groups:

--------------------------------------------------
ControllerID GroupID Labels Status
--------------------------------------------------
0 0 MB/C0/P0/B0/D0 okay
0 0 MB/C0/P0/B0/D1 okay
0 1 MB/C0/P0/B1/D0 okay
0 1 MB/C0/P0/B1/D1 okay
1 0 MB/C1/P0/B0/D0 okay
1 0 MB/C1/P0/B0/D1 okay
1 1 MB/C1/P0/B1/D0 okay
1 1 MB/C1/P0/B1/D1 okay
2 0 MB/C2/P0/B0/D0 okay
2 0 MB/C2/P0/B0/D1 okay
2 1 MB/C2/P0/B1/D0 okay
2 1 MB/C2/P0/B1/D1 okay
3 0 MB/C3/P0/B0/D0 okay
3 0 MB/C3/P0/B0/D1 okay
3 1 MB/C3/P0/B1/D0 okay
3 1 MB/C3/P0/B1/D1 okay

=============================== USB Devices ===============================

Name Port#
------------ -----
hub HUB0

Details about the message are as follows:

l The following information indicates a workstation model. In this example, the workstation
model is Sun Fire V445.
System Configuration: Sun Microsystems sun4u Sun Fire V445
System

l The following information indicates the system clock frequency. In this example, the
workstation clock frequency is 199 MHZ.
System clock frequency: 199 MHZ

l The following information indicates the memory configuration for the workstation. In this
example, the memory configuration for the workstation is 8GB.
Memory size: 8GB

l The following information indicates the CPU configuration for the workstation. In this
example, the CPU configuration for the workstation is 4Core.
==================================== CPUs ====================================
E$ CPU CPU
CPU Freq Size Implementation Mask Status Location
--- -------- ---------- --------------------- ----- ------ --------

B-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

0 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C0/P0

1 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C1/P0
2 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C2/P0
3 1592 MHz 1MB SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIIi 3.4 on-line MB/C3/P0

NOTE

Hardware configurations for a workstation vary according to the workstation model.

----End

B.1.4.4 How to Check Whether the Hard Disk of the Sun Workstation Is Damaged

Question
How do I check whether the hard disk of the Sun workstation is damaged?

Answer
1 During the operation of the Sun workstation, inappropriate powering-off usually causes damage
to the hard disk and even renders the Sybase database unavailable. Run the iostat -E command
to check whether the hard disk of the OS is damaged.

Log in to the Sun workstation as user root and run the following command:

# iostat -En

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

c0t0d0 Soft Errors: 0 Hard Errors: 0 Transport Errors: 0
Vendor: FUJITSU Product: MAY2073RCSUN72G Revision: 0501 Serial No: 0742S0EPT7
Size: 73.40GB <73400057856 bytes>
Media Error: 0 Device Not Ready: 0 No Device: 0 Recoverable: 0
Illegal Request: 0 Predictive Failure Analysis: 0
c0t1d0 Soft Errors: 0 Hard Errors: 0 Transport Errors: 0
Vendor: FUJITSU Product: MAY2073RCSUN72G Revision: 0501 Serial No: 0742S0EPL9
Size: 73.40GB <73400057856 bytes>
Media Error: 0 Device Not Ready: 0 No Device: 0 Recoverable: 0
Illegal Request: 0 Predictive Failure Analysis: 0
c0t2d0 Soft Errors: 0 Hard Errors: 0 Transport Errors: 0
Vendor: FUJITSU Product: MBB2073RCSUN72G Revision: 0505 Serial No: 0805A011C0
Size: 73.40GB <73400057856 bytes>
Media Error: 0 Device Not Ready: 0 No Device: 0 Recoverable: 0
Illegal Request: 0 Predictive Failure Analysis: 0
c1t0d0 Soft Errors: 1 Hard Errors: 0 Transport Errors: 1
Vendor: TSSTcorp Product: CD/DVDW TS-T632A Revision: SR03 Serial No:
Size: 0.00GB <0 bytes>
Media Error: 0 Device Not Ready: 0 No Device: 0 Recoverable: 0
Illegal Request: 1 Predictive Failure Analysis: 0
c0t3d0 Soft Errors: 0 Hard Errors: 0 Transport Errors: 0
Vendor: FUJITSU Product: MBB2073RCSUN72G Revision: 0505 Serial No: 0805A011DH
Size: 73.40GB <73400057856 bytes>
Media Error: 0 Device Not Ready: 0 No Device: 0 Recoverable: 0
Illegal Request: 0 Predictive Failure Analysis: 0

NOTE

The hard disk is damaged if the information to the rights of Hard Errors is not 0. Send the message series
files in the /var/adm directory to Huawei engineers so that they can apply for a spare part to replace the
hard disk on site.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-15

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.1.4.5 How to Check the Partition of Solaris OS

Question
How do I check the partition of Solaris OS?

Answer
1 Log in to Solaris OS as user root.
2 Run the following command to check all disks of the server:
# format
The following message will be displayed:
Searching for disks...done

AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:

0. c0t0d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@0,0
1. c0t1d0 <SEAGATE-ST914602SSUN146G-0603 cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@1,0
2. c1t4d0 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@2,600000/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/ssd@w201600a0b8293a52,0
3. c2t5d0 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@2,600000/SUNW,qlc@0,1/fp@0,0/ssd@w202700a0b8293a52,0
Specify disk (enter its number):

3 Enter 0 and press Enter to view the information about the c1t0d0 disk. The following message
will be displayed:
selecting c0t0d0
[disk formatted]
/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 is in use by dump. Please see dumpadm(1M).

FORMAT MENU:
disk - select a disk
type - select (define) a disk type
partition - select (define) a partition table
current - describe the current disk
format - format and analyze the disk
repair - repair a defective sector
label - write label to the disk
analyze - surface analysis
defect - defect list management
backup - search for backup labels
verify - read and display labels
save - save new disk/partition definitions
inquiry - show vendor, product and revision
volname - set 8-character volume name
!<cmd> - execute<cmd>, then return
quit
format>

4 Enter p and press Enter to select the partition list. The following message will be displayed:
PARTITION MENU:

0 - change `0' partition

1 - change `1' partition
2 - change `2' partition
3 - change `3' partition
4 - change `4' partition
5 - change `5' partition
6 - change `6' partition

B-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

7 - change `7' partition

select - select a predefined table
modify - modify a predefined partition table
name - name the current table
print - display the current table
label - write partition map and label to the disk
!<cmd> - execute<cmd>, then return
quit
partition>

5 Enter p and press Enter to view the partition information of disk c1t0d0, including the raw
partition information. The following message will be displayed:
Current partition table (original):
Total disk cylinders available: 14087 + 2 (reserved cylinders)

Part Tag Flag Cylinders Size Blocks

0 root wm 0 - 3091 30.01GB (3092/0/0) 62928384
1 swap wu 3092 - 6389 32.01GB (3298/0/0) 67120896
2 backup wm 0 - 14086 136.71GB (14087/0/0) 286698624
3 - wu 0 - 14086 136.71GB (14087/0/0) 286698624
4 - wu 14083 - 14086 39.75MB (4/0/0) 81408
5 unassigned wm 6390 - 10511 40.00GB (4122/0/0) 83890944
6 var wm 10512 - 13603 30.01GB (3092/0/0) 62928384
7 unassigned wm 0 0 (0/0/0) 0

partition>

6 Enter q to exit the c1t0d0 disk directory. The following message will be displayed:
FORMAT MENU:
disk - select a disk
type - select (define) a disk type
partition - select (define) a partition table
current - describe the current disk
format - format and analyze the disk
repair - repair a defective sector
label - write label to the disk
analyze - surface analysis
defect - defect list management
backup - search for backup labels
verify - read and display labels
save - save new disk/partition definitions
inquiry - show vendor, product and revision
volname - set 8-character volume name
!<cmd> - execute<cmd>, then return
quit
format>

7 Enter q and exit the format command.

8 Repeat Step 2 to Step 7, and select other disks to check the partitions.

----End

B.1.4.6 How to Check the Remaining Space of a Disk

Question
How do I check the remaining space of a disk?

Answer
Run the df -hk command to check the remaining space of a disk.
For example, run the df -hk /opt command to check the remaining space of the /opt partition.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-17

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.1.4.7 How to Decompress Files

Question
Compressed files are usually in *.tar, *.tar.gz, or *.zip format. How do I decompress these
files?

Answer
1 To decompress a *.tar file, perform the following operation:

The following uses the abc.tar file as an example. Run the following command:

# tar xvf abc.tar

2 To decompress a *.tar.gz file, perform the following operation:

l The following uses the abc.tar.gz file as an example. Run the following commands:
# gunzip abc.tar.gz
# tar xvf abc.tar
l The following uses the solaris10_HuaweiPatch9.0.tar.gz file as an example. Run the
following command:
# gzcat solaris10_HuaweiPatch9.0.tar.gz | tar xBpf -

3 To decompress a *.zip file, perform the following operation:

The following uses the abc.zip file as an example. Run the following command:

# unzip abc.zip

----End

B.1.4.8 How to Remotely Log In to the System as User root

Question
Remote login fails after the system is restarted. How do I remotely log in to the system as user
root?

Answer
1 Log in to the server from the controller. Ensure that the server is running.

2 Check whether user root has rights to log in to the server. Ensure that user root has rights to log
in to the server by means of FTP.

3 Verify the routing information about the server. Ensure that the route is reachable.

----End

B-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.1.4.9 How to Access the OS from the Controller

Question
How do I access the OS from the controller IP address if login to the OS from the system IP
address fails?

Answer
1 Log in to the controller.
l For M4000 servers, log in to the controller in Telnet or SSH mode.
l For T5220 servers, log in to the controller in SSH mode.
2 Access the OS.
l For M4000 servers, run the console -d 0 command to access the OS.
l For T5220 servers, run the start /SP/console command to access the OS.

----End

B.1.4.10 How to Switch Between the Console, OK Prompt, and # Prompt

Question
How do I switch between the console, OK prompt, and # prompt?
NOTE

The switching method varies based on the type of the Sun server used.

Answer
l T5220 Servers
– Switch from the console to the OK prompt.
1. Log in to the IP address of the system controller in Secure Shell (SSH) mode.
Perform the following operations to display the OK prompt:
NOTE

The T5220 server does not support the login to the system controller in Telnet mode. Log
in to the system controller by performing the following operation:
l Install the SSH client tool, such as the PuTTY, in the console on Windows. Then, you
can log in to the system controller through the tool.
l Run the ssh IP address of the system controller command on the terminal console of
another Sun server to log in to the system controller. If a message similar to the
following is displayed, enter yes to continue:
The authenticity of host '10.71.35.12 (10.71.35.12)' can't be
established.
RSA key fingerprint is 0b:23:07:0c:27:72:44:3f:d1:aa:
12:99:ed:dd:c0:5a.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?

2. In the command line interface (CLI) that is displayed, enter the user name and
password of the system controller. By default, the user name is root and the default
password is changeme.
3. Enter set /HOST/bootmode state=reset_nvram script="setenv auto-boot?
false".

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-19

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

There must be a space between ? and false.

The following message will be displayed:
Set 'state' to 'reset_nvram'
Set 'script' to 'setenv auto-boot? false'

4. Enter start /SYS.

The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SYS (y/n)?

5. Enter y to start the server.

If the message start: Target already started is displayed, the system is running.
Perform the following operations:
Enter stop /SYS. The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to stop /SYS (y/n)?

Enter y. The following message will be displayed:

Stopping /SYS

Enter show /HOST status repeatedly to check the system status. After a message
containing status = Powered off is displayed, proceed with the next step.
Enter start /SYS. The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SYS (y/n)?

Enter y to start the server.

6. Enter start /SP/console.
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SP/console (y/n)?

7. Enter y and press Enter.

The following message will be displayed:
Serial console started. To stop, type #.
...
Setting NVRAM parameters to default values.

SPARC Enterprise T5220, No Keyboard

Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
OpenBoot 4.28.0, 8064 MB memory available, Serial #85369820.
Ethernet address 0:21:28:16:a3:dc, Host ID: 8516a3dc.

auto-boot? = false
{0} ok

– Switch from the OK prompt to the # prompt.

Run the following command:
ok setenv auto-boot? true
NOTE

There must be a space between ? and true.

Run the following command to verify that the parameter settings have taken effect:
ok printenv
Run the following command to enable the system to perform another self-check:
ok reset-all
The system will display the OK prompt. Enter boot to display the # prompt.

B-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

– Switch from the # prompt to the console.

Run the following command:
# #.
NOTE

Enter # and ..
– Switch from the # prompt to the OK prompt.
Run the following command:
# init 0
l M4000 Servers
– Switch from the console to the OK prompt.
1. Run the telnet IP address of the controller command on the console to log in to
the controller IP address by means of Telnet.
The following message will be displayed:
Login:

2. Enter the user name, that is, eis-installer.

The following message will be displayed:
Password:

3. Enter the password of the eis-installer user.

The following message will be displayed:
XSCF>

4. Enter showdomainmode -d 0.
The following message will be displayed:
Host-ID :8501c2de
Diagnostic Level :min
Secure Mode :off (host watchdog: unavailable Break-
signal:receive)
Autoboot :on
CPU Mode :auto

NOTE
If Secure Mode is on, perform the following:
1. Enter setdomainmode -d 0 -m secure=off.
The following message will be displayed:
Diagnostic Level :min -> -
Secure Mode :on -> off
Autoboot :on -> -
CPU Mode :auto
The specified modes will be changed.
Continue? [y|n]
2. Enter y.
The following message will be displayed:
configured.
Diagnostic Level :min
Secure Mode :off (host watchdog: unavailable Break-
signal:receive)
Autoboot :on (autoboot:on)
CPU Mode :auto

5. Enter showdomainstatus -a.

The following message will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-21

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

DID Domain Status

00 Running
01 -

NOTE
The following message will be displayed:
DID Domain Status
00 Powered Off
01 -
Run the poweron -d 0 command. Then, run the showdomainstatus -a command repeatedly
to check the system status until the system displays the status as running. Proceed with
the next step.
6. Enter sendbreak -d 0.
The following message will be displayed:
Send break signal to DomainID 0? [y|n]

7. Enter y.
8. Enter console -d 0 -f.
The following message will be displayed:
Connect to DomainID 0? [y|n]

9. Enter y and press Enter.

OK

– Switch from the OK prompt to the # prompt.

Run the following command:
ok setenv auto-boot? true
NOTE

There must be a space between ? and true.

Run the following command to verify that the parameter settings have taken effect:
ok printenv
Run the following command to enable the system to perform another self-check:
ok reset-all
The system will display the OK prompt. Enter boot to display the # prompt.
– Switch from the # prompt to the console.
Run the following command:
# #.
NOTE

Enter # and ..
– Switch from the # prompt to the OK prompt.
Run the following command:
# init 0
l V890 Servers
– Switch from the console to the OK prompt.
1. Run the telnet IP address of the controller command on the console to log in to
the controller IP address by means of Telnet.
The following message will be displayed:
Login:

B-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

2. Enter the user name admin and password. Generally, the default password of the
RSC is admin123.
3. Enter console to display the OK prompt.
NOTE

In certain conditions, the following message will be displayed:

Warning: User < > currently has write permission to this console
and
forcibly removing them will terminate any current write actions
and all work will be lost.
Would you like to continue? [y/n]
Enter y.
If the V890 server is used for the first time, the system will display the OK prompt.
If the V890 server is installed with the operating system (OS), the system will display the
# prompt. Perform the following operations to display the OK prompt:
Enter ~. to display the RSC prompt. (If the ALOM control card is used, enter #..)
Run the following command at the RSC prompt:
rsc> break
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to send a break to the system [y/n]?
Enter y.
rsc> console
– Switch from the OK prompt to the # prompt.
Run the following command:
ok setenv auto-boot? true
NOTE

There must be a space between ? and true.

Run the following command to verify that the parameter settings have taken effect:
ok printenv
Run the following command to enable the system to perform another self-check:
ok reset-all
The system will display the OK prompt. Enter boot to display the # prompt.
– Switch from the # prompt to the console.
Run the following command:
# #.
NOTE

Enter # and ..
– Switch from the # prompt to the OK prompt.
Run the following command:
# init 0
l V240, V245, V440, and V445 Servers
– Switch from the console to the OK prompt.
1. Run the telnet IP address of the controller command on the console to log in to
the controller IP address by means of Telnet.
The following message will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-23

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Login:

2. Enter the user name and password. The default user name and password are
admin.
3. Enter console -f to display the OK prompt.
NOTE

In certain conditions, the following message will be displayed:

Warning: User < > currently has write permission to this console
and
forcibly removing them will terminate any current write actions
and all work will be lost.
Would you like to continue? [y/n]

Enter y.
If the intended server is used for the first time, the system will display the OK prompt.
If the server is installed with the OS, the system will display the # prompt. Perform the
following operations to display the OK prompt:
Enter #. to display the ALOM prompt. (If the RSC control card is used, enter ~..)
Run the following command at the ALOM prompt:
sc> break
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to send a break to the system [y/n]?

Enter y.
sc> console -f

– Switch from the OK prompt to the # prompt.

Run the following command:
ok setenv auto-boot? true
NOTE

There must be a space between ? and true.

Run the following command to verify that the parameter settings have taken effect:
ok printenv
Run the following command to enable the system to perform another self-check:
ok reset-all
The system will display the OK prompt. Enter boot to display the # prompt.
– Switch from the # prompt to the console.
Run the following command:
# #.
NOTE

Enter # and ..
– Switch from the # prompt to the OK prompt.
Run the following command:
# init 0

----End

B-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.1.4.11 How to Use the vi Editor

Question
How do I use the vi editor?

Answer
Run the following command to open the vi editor:
vi file name

l If a file with the same filename exists, run the vi command to open and edit the file.
l If a file with the same filename does not exist, run the vi command to create and edit a file.

The edit commands are as follows:

l The command for opening the vi editor is as follows:
vi file name
l The command for entering the command mode is as follows.

Command Function

ESC Press ESC to exit the text input mode and enter the command
mode.

l The commands for inserting text are as follows (must be run in command mode).

Command Function

a Appends text at the cursor (append).

A Appends text at the end of the line where the cursor locates.

i Adds text in front of the cursor (insert).

I Adds text to the front of the first non-null character in the

line where the cursor locates.

o Adds text at the beginning of the next line where the cursor
locates (open).

O Adds text at the beginning of the previous line where the

cursor locates.

l The commands for moving the cursor are as follows (must be run in command mode).

Command Function

h Moves the cursor to the left.

j Moves the cursor downwards.

k Moves the cursor upwards.

l Moves the cursor to the right.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-25

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Command Function

Line number G Moves the cursor to a specified line. For example, 1G moves
the cursor to the first line.

G Moves the cursor to the end of the file.

l The commands for deleting texts are as follows (must be run in command mode).

Command Function

x Deletes the character where the cursor is located.

dd Deletes the line where the cursor is located.

l The commands for quitting the vi editor are as follows and must be run in command mode.
You are recommended to press ESC before running any command listed in Table B-1.

Table B-1 Commands for quitting the vi editor

Command Function

:wq Saves changes and quits the vi editor.

:q Quits the vi editor without saving changes.

:q! Forcibly quits the vi editor without saving changes.

:w Saves changes without quitting the vi editor.

B.1.4.12 How to Use the Text Editor

Question
How do I use the text editor?
NOTE

Use the text editor only through the GUI.

The text editor is recommended because it is easier to use than the vi editor.

Answer
Run the following command to open the text editor:
dtpad file name

l If a file with the same filename exists, run the dtpad command to open and edit the file.
l If a file with the same filename does not exist, run the dtpad command to create and edit
a file.

B-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.1.4.13 How to Query the Process Status

Question
How do I query the process status?

Answer
Run the ps -ef | grep process name command to query the process status.
For example, run the ps -ef | grep sysmonitor command to query the status of the
sysmonitor process.The following message will be displayed:
nmsuser 17156 17032 0 22:13:59 pts/3 0:00 grep sysmonitor nmsuser 11972
1 0 04:38:10 pts/2 13:00 imap_sysmonitor -cmd start

l imap_sysmonitor indicates information about the process, where 17156 is the process ID.
NOTE

Process information will be displayed if the process is running.

l grep sysmonitor indicates the query operation performed by the user and can be ignored.

B.1.4.14 How to Forcibly End a Process

Question
How do I forcibly end a process?

Answer
Run the kill -9 process ID command to forcibly end a process.

B.2 Veritas HA System

This topic covers FAQs about the Veritas HA system.

B.2.1 License Management

This topic describes the FAQs about license management.
B.2.2 System Settings
This topic describes the FAQs about the system settings in the HA system.

B.2.1 License Management

This topic describes the FAQs about license management.

B.2.1.1 How to Check the Veritas License

B.2.1.1 How to Check the Veritas License

Question
How to check the Veritas license?

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-27

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Answer
1 Run the following commands to query the details about the Veritas license.
Do as follows for Veritas license 5.1:
l If the displayed information does not contain VXKEYLESS = Enabled, the license is a
permanent formal license.
l If the displayed information contains VXKEYLESS = Enabled, the license is a temporary
license and you must replace it with a formal license in time.
Do as follows for Veritas license 5.0:
l If PERMANENT is displayed in the License Type field, it indicates the licenses of these
components are permanent formal licenses.
l If DEMO is displayed in the License Type field, it indicates that this license is a temporary
license. In this case, the expiry time of the license is also displayed. You need to replace the
temporary license with the formal license in time.
vxlicrep
The following message will be displayed:
Symantec License Manager vxlicrep utility version 3.02.34.0
Copyright (C) 1996-2008 Symantec Corporation. All rights reserved.

Creating a report on all VERITAS products installed on this system

-----------------***********************-----------------

License Key = XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-X

Product Name = VERITAS Storage Foundation Enterprise HA
Serial Number = 2851
License Type = PERMANENT
OEM ID = 2006
Site License = YES
Editions Product = YES

Features :=
Reserved = 0
CPU Count = Not Restricted
Platform = un-used
VxVM#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
Global Cluster Option#VERITAS Cluster Server = Enabled

VXFS#VERITAS File System = Enabled

Version = 5.1
Tier#VERITAS Cluster Server = Unused
Mode#VERITAS Cluster Server = VCS
VERITAS Storage Foundation Enterprise HA = Enabled
Storage Expert#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
QLOG#VERITAS File System = Enabled
PGR#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
Dynamic Lun Expansion#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
Hardware assisted copy#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
Cross-platform Data Sharing#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
File Change Log#VERITAS File System = Enabled
Cross-platform Data Sharing#VERITAS File System = Enabled
Extra-Big File Systems#VERITAS File System = Enabled
Multi-Volume Support#VERITAS File System = Enabled
FASTRESYNC#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
DGSJ#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
VXCKPT#VERITAS File System = Enabled
Quality of Storage Service#VERITAS File System = Enabled
VVS_CONFIG#VERITAS Volume Manager = Enabled
VXKEYLESS = Enabled

B-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

-----------------***********************-----------------

Product Name = VERITAS Volume Manager

License Type = PERMANENT

Features :=
PGR = Enabled
PGR_TRAINING = Enabled
Site Awareness = Enabled
DGSJ = Enabled
VVS_CONFIG = Enabled
Hardware assisted copy = Enabled
RAID5SNAP = Enabled
Storage Expert = Enabled
Dynamic Lun Expansion = Enabled
Cross-platform Data Sharing = Enabled

-----------------***********************-----------------

Product Name = VERITAS File System

License Type = PERMANENT

Features :=
VXFDD = Enabled
Quality of Storage Service = Enabled
VXCKPT = Enabled
QLOG = Enabled
File Change Log = Enabled
Cross-platform Data Sharing = Enabled
Extra-Big File Systems = Enabled
Multi-Volume Support = Enabled

-----------------***********************-----------------

Product Name = VERITAS Database Edition for Oracle

License Type = PERMANENT

Features :=
DATABASE_EDITION = Enabled
DBED_ORA_TOOLS = Enabled
ODM = Enabled

-----------------***********************-----------------

Product Name = VERITAS SANPoint Control

License Type = PERMANENT

Features :=
SPC Lite = Enabled

-----------------***********************-----------------

License Key = XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-X

Product Name = VERITAS Volume Manager
Serial Number = 2851
License Type = PERMANENT
OEM ID = 2006
Site License = YES
Point Product = YES

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-29

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Features :=

Storage Expert = Enabled

VxVM = Enabled
FASTRESYNC = Enabled
DGSJ = Enabled
CPU Count = Not Restricted
PGR = Enabled
VVS_CONFIG = Enabled
Platform = un-used
Version = 5.1
Dynamic Lun Expansion = Enabled
Hardware assisted copy = Enabled
Cross-platform Data Sharing = Enabled
Maximum number of volumes = Not Restricted

-----------------***********************-----------------

License Key = XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-X

Product Name = VERITAS Cluster Server
Serial Number = 2851
License Type = PERMANENT
OEM ID = 2006
Site License = YES
Point Product = YES

Features :=
Platform = Unused
Version = 5.1
Tier = Unused
Reserved = 0

Mode = VCS
Global Cluster Option = Enabled

-----------------***********************-----------------

License Key = XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-X

Product Name = VERITAS File System
Serial Number = 2851
License Type = PERMANENT
OEM ID = 2006
Site License = YES
Point Product = YES

Features :=
VXFS = Enabled
QLOG = Enabled
VXCKPT = Enabled

CPU Count = Not Restricted

Platform = un-used
Version = 5.1
File Change Log = Enabled
Cross-platform Data Sharing = Enabled
Extra-Big File Systems = Enabled
Multi-Volume Support = Enabled
Quality of Storage Service = Enabled
Maximum number of file systems = Not Restricted

-----------------***********************-----------------

License Key = XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-X

Product Name = VERITAS Volume Manager
Serial Number = 5924

B-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

License Type = PERMANENT

OEM ID = 2006
Site License = YES
Editions Product = YES

Features :=

VVR = Enabled
CPU Count = Not Restricted
Platform = un-used
Version = 5.1
Maximum number of volumes = Not Restricted
VXKEYLESS = Enabled

NOTE

The preceding information uses that of Veritas license 5.1 as an example. The displayed information is
different for Veritas license 5.0.
In the above information, X stands for the information about the license key.
The displayed information varies according to the OS.

----End

B.2.2 System Settings

This topic describes the FAQs about the system settings in the HA system.

B.2.2.1 How to Log in and Exit the VCS (Veritas Cluster Server)
B.2.2.2 How to Query the RVG Status
B.2.2.3 How to Query the Rlink Status
B.2.2.4 How to Query the VVR Status
B.2.2.5 How to Manually Start the VCS Service
B.2.2.6 How to Manually Start the VVR
B.2.2.7 How to Manually Stop the VCS Service
B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before Synchronizing the Primary and Secondary Sites
B.2.2.9 How to Ensure Proper Connection of VVR Ports on Primary and Secondary Sites
B.2.2.10 How to Ensure Proper File Transfer Between Primary and Secondary Sites

B.2.2.1 How to Log in and Exit the VCS (Veritas Cluster Server)

Question
How do I log in to and exit the VCS?

Answer
1 Log in to the VCS.
1. Open the Cluster monitor.

a. Log in to the OS as user root.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-31

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

b. Open a terminal window and run the following command:

# hagui&

NOTE
If the login window fails to be displayed and the terminal displays a message indicating that the
current status is "STALE_ADMIN_WAIT", run the # hasys -force host name of node command.
2. Click Connect to Cluster name.
NOTE
If you are logging in to the VCS for the first time, you need to create a new Cluster.
a. Click File > New Cluster.
b. Enter the IP address of application network.
c. Click OK.
3. Enter User Name and Password.
NOTE
The default user name of the VCS is admin and the password is password. For system security,
modify the password and remember the new password.
4. Click OK.

2 Exit the VCS:

1. Choose File > Log Out to exit the VCS.

CAUTION
If the configuration changes, click Yes in the Confirmation dialog box when exiting the
VCS. Otherwise, logging in to the VCS fails after the server is restarted.

----End

B-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.2.2.2 How to Query the RVG Status

Question
How do I query the RVG status?

Answer
1 Log in to the primary site as user root.

2 Run the following command to view the RVG status of the active site:
# vxprint -Vl

The following message will be displayed:

Disk group: datadg

Rvg: datarvg
info: rid=0.1269 version=4 rvg_version=30 last_tag=3
state: state=ACTIVE kernel=ENABLED
assoc: datavols=lv_nms_data
srl=srl_vol
rlinks=datarlk
exports=(none)
vsets=(none)
att: rlinks=datarlk
flags: closed primary enabled attached
device: minor=31004 bdev=315/31004 cdev=315/31004 path=/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/
datarvg
perms: user=root group=root mode=0600

Table B-2 describes the RVG status of the primary site.

Table B-2 RVG status of the primary site

Field Description

Disk group Indicates the disk group where the RVG is located.

Rvg Indicates the name of the RVG.

info Indicates the information about the RVG.

state Indicates the status of the RVG. In normal cases, the situations are as follows:
l state is set to ACTIVE.
l kernel is set to ENABLED.

assoc Indicates the association information about the RVG.

l datavols indicates the data disk volume that the RVG contains.
l srl indicates the SRLog disk volume that the RVG contains.
l rlinks indicates the RLink that the RVG contains.

att Indicates the activated Rlink of the RVG.

flags Indicates the flag of the RVG. In normal cases, the value is closed primary
enabled attached.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-33

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Field Description

device Indicates the device information of the RVG, including the device ID and path.

perms Indicates the right information about the RVG.

3 Log in to the secondary site as user root.

4 Run the following command to view the RVG status at the secondary site:
# vxprint -Vl

The following message will be displayed:

Disk group: datadg

Rvg: datarvg
info: rid=0.1269 version=4 rvg_version=30 last_tag=3
state: state=ACTIVE kernel=ENABLED
assoc: datavols=lv_nms_data
srl=srl_vol
rlinks=datarlk
exports=(none)
vsets=(none)
att: rlinks=datarlk
flags: closed secondary enabled attached
device: minor=31004 bdev=315/31004 cdev=315/31004 path=/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/
datarvg
perms: user=root group=root mode=0600

For the description of the RVG status on the secondary site, see Table B-2. Normally, flags on
the secondary site is closed secondary enabled attached.

----End

B.2.2.3 How to Query the Rlink Status

Question
How do I query the Rlink status?

Answer
1 Log in to the primary site as user root.
2 Run the following command to query the RLink status:
# vxprint -Pl <rlinkName>
For example, run the following command to query the status of datarlk:
# vxprint -Pl datarlk

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Disk group: datadg

Rlink: datarlk
info: timeout=500 rid=0.1414
latency_high_mark=10000 latency_low_mark=9950

B-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

bandwidth_limit=none checksum=on
state: state=ACTIVE
synchronous=off latencyprot=off srlprot=autodcm
assoc: rvg=datarvg
remote_host=192.168.1.11 IP_addr=192.168.1.11 port=4145
remote_dg=datadg
remote_dg_dgid=1160936796.6.T522022456
remote_rvg_version=30
remote_rlink=datarlk
remote_rlink_rid=0.1405
local_host=192.168.1.10 IP_addr=192.168.1.10 port=4145
protocol: UDP/IP
flags: write enabled attached consistent connected asynchronous
Table B-3 describes the Rlink status on the primary site.

Table B-3 Rlink status on the primary site

Field Description

Disk group Indicates the disk group where the Rlink is located.

Rlink Indicates the name of the Rlink.

info Indicates the information about the Rlink.

l timeout indicates the timeout period.
l rid indicates the ID of the Rlink.
l latency_high_mark indicates the highest delay flag.
l latency_low_mark indicates the lowest delay flag.
l bandwidth_limit indicates the bandwidth limit.

state Indicates the status of the Rlink. In normal cases, the situations are as follows:
l state is set to ACTIVE.
l synchronous is set to off.
l latencyprot is set to off.
l srlprot is set to autodcm.

assoc rvg Indicates the RVG where the Rlink is located.

remote_host Indicates the name of the remote host.

IP_addr Indicates the IP address of the remote host.

remote_dg Indicates the remote disk group.

port Indicates the port number of the remote host.

remote_dg_dgid Indicates the ID of the remote disk group.

remote_rvg_version Indicates the RVG version of the remote host.

remote_rlink Indicates the Rlink name of the remote host.

remote_rlink_rid Indicates the Rlink ID of the remote host.

local host Indicates the name of the local host.

protocol Indicates the protocol for synchronizing data.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-35

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

flags Indicates the flag of the Rlink. Normally, the value is write enabled attached
consistent connected asynchronous.

3 Log in to the secondary site as user root.

4 Run the following command to query the Rlink status:

# vxprint -Pl <rlinkName>

For example, run the following command to query the datarlk status:

# vxprint -Pl datarlk

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Disk group: datadg

Rlink: datarlk
info: timeout=500 rid=0.1405
latency_high_mark=10000 latency_low_mark=9950
bandwidth_limit=none checksum=on
state: state=ACTIVE
synchronous=off latencyprot=off srlprot=autodcm
assoc: rvg=datarvg
remote_host=192.168.1.10 IP_addr=192.168.1.10 port=4145
remote_dg=datadg
remote_dg_dgid=1160936853.6.T522022448
remote_rvg_version=30
remote_rlink=datarlk
remote_rlink_rid=0.1414
local_host=192.168.1.11 IP_addr=192.168.1.11 port=4145
protocol: UDP/IP
flags: write enabled attached consistent connected

For the description of the Rlink status on the secondary site, see Table B-3.

----End

B.2.2.4 How to Query the VVR Status

Question
How do I query the VVR status during the maintenance of the Veritas HA system?

Answer
1 Run the following command to view the rvg name of the replication system:

# vradmin printrvg

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Replicated Data Set: datarvg
Primary:
HostName: 10.71.224.48
RvgName: datarvg
DgName: datadg
Secondary:
HostName: 10.71.224.50
RvgName: datarvg
DgName: datadg

B-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

In the preceding message, the rvg name (RvgName) is datarvg.

2 Run the following command to view the Rlink name of the replication system. The parameter
datarvg is obtained in Step 1.

# vxprint -l datarvg

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Disk group: datadg

Rvg: datarvg
info: rid=0.1451 version=5 rvg_version=30 last_tag=4
state: state=ACTIVE kernel=ENABLED
assoc: datavols=lv_nms_data
srl=srl_vol
rlinks=datarlk
exports=(none)
vsets=(none)
att: rlinks=datarlk
flags: closed primary enabled attached
device: minor=129007 bdev=309/129007 cdev=309/129007 path=/dev/vx/dsk/datadg/
datarvg
perms: user=root group=root mode=0600

In the preceding message, the Rlink name (Rlink) is datarlk.

3 Run the following commands to view other status information of the replication system. The
parameters datarvg and datarlk are obtained in Step 1 and Step 2.
l Run the # vxdisk list command to query the disk status.
l Run the # vxdg list command to query the status of the disk group.
l Run the # vxprint -ht command to query the information about the disk volume.
l Run the # vxprint -l datarvg command to query the RVG status.
l Run the # vxprint -l datarlk command to query the Rlink status.
l Run the # vxrlink -g datadg status datarlk command at the primary site to query the
replication cache status.

Save the response to the preceding commands.

----End

B.2.2.5 How to Manually Start the VCS Service

Question
How do I manually start the VCS service?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.

2 Run the following command to start the VCS processes:

# hastart -onenode

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-37

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.2.2.6 How to Manually Start the VVR

Question
How do I manually start the VVR?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.

2 Run the following commands to start the VVR:

# cd /etc/init.d
# ./vras-vradmind.sh start

----End

B.2.2.7 How to Manually Stop the VCS Service

Question
How do I manually stop the VCS service?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.

2 Run the following command to stop the VCS service:

# hastop -all -force

----End

B.2.2.8 How to Start/Stop the NMS Before Synchronizing the Primary and
Secondary Sites

Question
How to start/stop the NMS before synchronizing the primary and secondary sites of a high
availability system?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.

2 Open a CLI.

3 Run the following command to start the VCS client:

# hagui&

4 Choose File > New Cluster. Then, enter the server IP address and click OK.

5 Enter the default user name admin and the default password password of the VCS client. Then,
click OK.

B-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

6 Ensure that the datarvg resource in the VVRService resource group has been enabled.
Right-click the datarvg resource and check whether the Enabled option is selected. If this option
is checked, it has been enabled.

If this option is unchecked, check it.

7 Ensure that the VVRService resource group has been started.

Select the VVRService resource group, click the Status tab, and check whether the value in the
State column is Online. If Online is displayed as shown in the following figure, the VVRService
resource group has been started.

If the VVRService resource group has not been started, do as follows to start it:
1. Right-click the VVRService resource group and choose Online > host name from the
shortcut menu.
2. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes to make the resource group online.

8 Ensure that all resources in the AppService resource group have been enabled.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-39

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Right-click a resource in the AppService resource group and check whether the Enabled option
is selected. If this option is selected, it indicates that the resource has been enabled. If this option
is not selected, you must select it. Repeat this operation on every resource in the AppService
resource group.

9 Optional: Ensure that Autoenable of the AppService resource group has been grayed out, as
shown in the following figure.

l If Autoenable has been grayed out, no action is required.

l If Autoenable has not been grayed out, click Autoenable to gray it out.

10 Click to save the settings.

11 Start the AppService resource group.

1. Right-click the AppService resource group and choose Online > host name from the
shortcut menu.
2. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes to start the AppService resource group.

12 Stop the AppService resource group.

1. Right-click the AppService resource group and choose Offline > host name from the
shortcut menu.

B-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

2. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes to stop the AppService resource group.

----End

B.2.2.9 How to Ensure Proper Connection of VVR Ports on Primary and Secondary
Sites

Question
How to ensure proper connection of VVR ports on primary and secondary sites?

Answer
1 Log in to the OSs of the primary and secondary sites of as the root user.

2 On the primary site, connect to the IP address of the secondary site by means of Telnet to check
that the VVR port used by the secondary site can be properly connected; on the secondary site,
connect to the IP address of the primary site by means of Telnet to check that the VVR port used
by the primary site can be properly connected. Run the following command:
NOTE
Ports to be checked are port 4145, port 8199, and port 8989.
# telnet IP address of the peer site port number
For example, assume that the IP address of the peer site is 10.10.10.10 and the port number is
4145.
# telnet 10.10.10.10 4145
Information similar to the following is displayed:
Trying 10.10.10.10... Connected to 10.10.10.10 Escape character is '^]'.

Connected to 10.10.10.10 indicates that port 4145 for 10.10.10.10 can be connected.

Press Ctrl+] to return to the Telnet prompt, and enter quit to exit Telnet.
telnet> quit
Information similar to the following is displayed:
Connection to 10.10.10.10 closed.
Perform the same operations to check the other two ports. The three ports used by the VVR must
be connectable.
Ensure that UDP is enabled on the firewall for port 32768 to port 65535.

----End

B.2.2.10 How to Ensure Proper File Transfer Between Primary and Secondary Sites

Question
How to ensure proper file transfer between primary and secondary sites?

Answer
1 Log in to the OSs of the primary and secondary sites of as the root user.

2 On the primary site, connect to the IP address of the secondary site by means of FTP to check
that the secondary site can properly receive files; on the secondary site, connect to the IP address
of the primary site by means of FTP to check that the primary site can properly receive files.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-41

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l Transferring the /tmp/test file from the primary site to the secondary site with the IP address of 10.10.10.10
is used as an example.
l Perform the same operations on the secondary site to check file transfer from the secondary site to the primary
site.
1. In the tmp path, create a temporary file named test with the size of 10 MB.
# mkfile 10m /tmp/test

2. Connect to the IP address of the secondary site by means of FTP.

# ftp 10.10.10.10
Information similar to the following is displayed:
Connected to 10.10.10.10 220 T5220210198 FTP server ready. Name
(10.10.10.10:root): root 331 Password required for root. Password:

3. Enter the root user password for the secondary site.

Information similar to the following is displayed:
ftp>

4. To transfer the /tmp/test file to the primary site, run the following command:
ftp> put /tmp/test
Information similar to the following is displayed:
226 Transfer complete.
The file is successfully transferred. To exit FTP, enter bye.

----End

B.3 Sybase Database

This topic covers FAQs about the Sybase database.

B.3.1 Startup and Shutdown of the Sybase Database

This topic describes the FAQs about the startup and shutdown of the Sybase database.
B.3.2 Sybase Database Maintenance
This topic describes the FAQs about the Sybase database maintenance.

B.3.1 Startup and Shutdown of the Sybase Database

This topic describes the FAQs about the startup and shutdown of the Sybase database.

B.3.1.1 How to Disable the Sybase Database Service

B.3.1.2 How to Start the Sybase Database Service
B.3.1.3 How to Verify That the Sybase Process Is Running

B.3.1.1 How to Disable the Sybase Database Service

Question
How do I disable the Sybase database service?

B-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

Answer
1 Perform the following operations to disable the Sybase database service at the primary site in
the HA system:
1. Log in to the primary site as user root.
2. Run the following command to start the VCS client at the primary site:
# hagui &
3. In the Cluster Monitor window, click the server record in the list.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the user name and the password of the VCS, and
click OK.
NOTE

The default user of the VCS is admin and the default password is password.
5. On the VCS client of the primary site, right-click the database node and choose Offline >
PrimaryCluster from the shortcut menu.
6. In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
7. Run the following command to check whether the Sybase database service is disabled:
# ps -ef | grep sybase
If the following message is displayed, the Sybase database service has been disabled:
root 9629 14603 0 07:46:52 pts/3 0:00 grep sybase

NOTE

By default, the Sybase database service at the secondary site is not running.

----End

B.3.1.2 How to Start the Sybase Database Service

Question
How do I start the Sybase database service?

Answer
1 Perform the following operations to start the Sybase database service in the HA system:
1. Run the following command to start the VCS client:
# hagui &

2. Choose File > New Cluster from the main menu. In the window that is displayed, enter
the IP address of the server and click OK.
3. Enter the default user name admin and the default password password of the VCS client.
Click OK.
4. Expand the AppService node in the navigation tree, and expand the SybaseBk node. Right-
click BackupServer and choose Online > host_name from the shortcut menu.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.
Wait until BackupServer and DatabaseServer on the Resources tab page are available,
which indicates that the Sybase database service is running.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-43

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.3.1.3 How to Verify That the Sybase Process Is Running

Question
How do I verify that the Sybase process is running?

Answer
1 Perform the following operations to start the Sybase database service in the HA system:
1. Run the following command to start the VCS client:
# hagui &

2. Choose File > New Cluster from the main menu. In the window that is displayed, enter
the IP address of the server and click OK.
3. Enter the default user name admin and the default password password of the VCS client.
Click OK.
4. Expand the AppService node in the navigation tree, and expand the SybaseBk node. Right-
click BackupServer and choose Online > host_name from the shortcut menu.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

Wait until BackupServer and DatabaseServer on the Resources tab page are available,
which indicates that the Sybase database service is running.

----End

B.3.2 Sybase Database Maintenance

This topic describes the FAQs about the Sybase database maintenance.

B.3.2.1 How to Verify That the Sybase Database Has Been Installed
B.3.2.2 How to Check the Sybase Database Version
B.3.2.3 How to View the Server Name of the Sybase Database
B.3.2.4 How to Change the Password of User sa for the Sybase Database
B.3.2.5 How to View the Bit Number of the Sybase Database
B.3.2.6 How to View the Details of the Sybase Database
B.3.2.7 How to Change the Server Name of the Sybase Database to DBSVR
B.3.2.8 How to Delete Redundant Database Items
B.3.2.9 How to Change the Character Set of the Database to UTF-8

B.3.2.1 How to Verify That the Sybase Database Has Been Installed

Question
How do I verify that the Sybase database has been installed?

B-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

Answer
NOTE

l The Sybase database will be automatically installed when the U2000 is installed if the Sybase database
does not exist on the system.
l If the Sybase database exists on the system, a dialog box will be displayed asking you whether or not
you want to reuse the Sybase database. There is no need to reinstall the Sybase database if it is reused
(saves time, but not recommended).

l Consult with the computer administrator to see if the Sybase database has been installed.
l Verify that the installation directory and file of the Sybase database exist. A sample
directory is /opt/sybase.
l Verify that the version of the Sybase database is correct. For details, see B.3.2.2 How to
Check the Sybase Database Version.
l Verify that the Sybase database is running. For details, see B.3.1.3 How to Verify That
the Sybase Process Is Running. For details about how to start the Sybase database, see
B.3.1.2 How to Start the Sybase Database Service.
----End

B.3.2.2 How to Check the Sybase Database Version

Question
How do I perform the required check on the Sybase database version to see if it is correct after
the Sybase database is installed?

Answer
1 Switch to user sybase, and connect to the Sybase database. Run the following commands:
# su - sybase

$ cd /opt/sybase/OCS*/bin

$ ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme

NOTE

In the ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme command, changeme is the password of user sa of the Sybase
database.

2 Run the following commands to check the Sybase database version:

1> use master

2> go

1> select @@version

2> go

NOTE

There must be a space between select and @ in the select @@version command.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-45

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

-----------------------

Adaptive Server Enterprise/15.0.3/EBF 16548 ESD#1/P/Sun_svr4/OS 5.8/ase1503/268

0/64-bit/FBO/Thu Mar 5 09:39:28 2009
(1 row affected)

The preceding message indicates that Sybase database version is SYBASE 15.0.3.

----End

B.3.2.3 How to View the Server Name of the Sybase Database

Question
How do I view the server name of the Sybase database?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user sybase.

2 Run the following command to view the server name of the Sybase database:

$ more /opt/sybase/interfaces

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

DBSVR
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
master tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4100
query tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4100

DBSVR_back
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
master tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4200
query tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4200

NOTE

Run the following commands to change the server name of the Sybase database to DBSVR:
$ cd /opt/HWENGR/upgrade/scripts/solaris
$ ./_modifyInterfaces.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR
$ ./_modifyCfgFile.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR
$ ./_modifyLogFile.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR
$ ./_modifyRunFile.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR

In the preceding commands, old_main_DBServer_name indicates the name of the server to be

reused.

----End

B-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.3.2.4 How to Change the Password of User sa for the Sybase Database

Question
How do I change the password of user sa for the Sybase database?

Answer
1 Shut down the NMS server and client.
Log in to the primary site and run the following command to start the VCS client:
# hagui &

In the Cluster Monitor window, click a server record in the information list.
In the login dialog box that is displayed, enter the user name and password of the VCS. Click
OK to log in to the VCS client. The default user name and password of the VCS are admin and
password.
Right-click NMSServer and choose Offline > Host name from the shortcut menu.
In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.

NOTE

Ensure that the database is running.

2 Log in to the network management maintenance suite (MSuite) client.

1. On the computer where the MSuite client is installed, double-click the U2000 MSuite
shortcut icon on the desktop. Wait about one minute. The Login dialog box is displayed.
2. Set the login parameters and click OK. The NMS maintenance suite window will be
displayed.
l IP Address: Indicates the system IP address of the computer where the MSuite server
is installed.
l Port No.: The default port ID is 12212. There is no need to change the default value
during login.
l User Name and Password: The default user name and password are admin.
3 On the MSuite client, choose Deploy > Change Database Administrator Password. The
Change Database Administrator Password dialog box is displayed.
4 Enter the old password and new password.
NOTE
A password must be 6-30 characters long and consists of letters or digits. Special characters are not allowed.

5 Click OK. The password is changed.

----End

B.3.2.5 How to View the Bit Number of the Sybase Database

Question
How do I view the bit number of the Sybase database?

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-47

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Answer
1 Run the following commands to view the bit number of the Sybase database:

# cd /opt/sybase/OCS*/bin

# ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme

1>select @@version

2>go

NOTE

l In the ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme command, changeme is the password of user sa of the Sybase
database.
l There must be a space between select and @ in the select @@version command.

The following message will be displayed:

Adaptive Server Enterprise/12.5.3/EBF 13325 ESD#5/P/Sun_svr4/OS 5.8/ase1253/193

9/64-bit/FBO/Tue Dec 6 09:13:20 2005

64-bit indicates the bit number of the Sybase database.

----End

B.3.2.6 How to View the Details of the Sybase Database

Question
How do I view the details about the Sybase database during routine maintenance?

Answer
1 Run the following commands to view the details of all databases:

# cd /opt/sybase/OCS*/bin

# ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme

1>sp_helpdb

2>go

NOTE

In the ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme command, changeme is the password of user sa of the Sybase
database.

The information about the Sybase database will be displayed, including the name, size, owner,
and status.

2 Run the following commands to view the details of a specific database:

1>sp_helpdb database_name

2>go

B-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

NOTE

In the sp_helpdb database_name command, database_name is the name of the Sybase database.

Database space used can also be viewed.

----End

B.3.2.7 How to Change the Server Name of the Sybase Database to DBSVR

Question
If the OS is configured and the NMS installation needs to reuse the installed database, the
database server name needs to be changed to DBSVR. How do I change the server name?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.
2 Run the following commands to view the server name of the Sybase database:
# more /opt/sybase/interfaces

Information similar to the following is displayed:

DBSVR
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4100
master tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4100
query tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4100

DBSVR_back
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
master tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
query tcp ether 10.71.225.89 4200
master tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4200
query tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4200

3 Run the following commands to change the database server name to DBSVR if the name is not
DBSVR:
# . /opt/sybase/SYBASE.sh
# cd /opt/HWENGR/upgrade/scripts/solaris
# ./_modifyInterfaces.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR
# ./_modifyCfgFile.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR
# ./_modifyLogFile.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR
# ./_modifyRunFile.sh old_main_DBServer_name DBSVR

In the preceding command, old_main_DBServer_name indicates the name of the server to be

reused.

----End

B.3.2.8 How to Delete Redundant Database Items

Question
If the NMS installation needs to reuse the installed database, redundant database items need to
be deleted. How do I delete redundant database items?

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-49

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.
2 Run the following commands to view databases:
# su - sybase
$ . /opt/sybase/SYBASE.sh
$ cd /opt/sybase/OCS*/bin
$ ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme

NOTE

In the ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme command, changeme is the password of user sa of the Sybase
database.
1> sp_helpdb
2> go

Information similar to the following is displayed:

name db_size owner dbid
created

status

------------------------ ------------- ------------------------ ------

...
XFTPDB 150.0 MB sa 12
Mar 06, 2009
select into/bulkcopy/pllsort, trunc log on
chkpt
master 240.0 MB sa 1
Mar 05, 2009
mixed log and
data
model 2.0 MB sa 3
Mar 05, 2009
select into/bulkcopy/pllsort, trunc log on chkpt, mixed log and
data
sybsystemdb 2.0 MB sa 31513
Mar 05, 2009
mixed log and
data
sybsystemprocs 250.0 MB sa 31514
Mar 05, 2009
trunc log on chkpt, mixed log and
data
tempdb 1003.0 MB sa 2
Mar 29, 2009
select into/bulkcopy/pllsort, trunc log on chkpt, mixed log and
data

(1 row affected)
(return status = 0)
1>

Look over the displayed message and delete any redundant databases other than master,
model, sybsystemdb, sybsystemprocs, tempdb exist.
NOTE

l If the NMS of Chinese edition is installed, illegible characters may be displayed when you log in to
the system using the remote terminal login tool (CLI-based). If this happens, set the encoding scheme
of the remote terminal login tool to UTF-8.
l If the remote terminal login tool does not support the ability to set the encoding scheme, log in to the
system by using the GUI.

3 Perform the following operations to delete the information about the redundant databases: (The
following uses the XFTPDB as an example.)

B-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

1. Run the following commands to view the device information in the XFTPDB database:
1> sp_helpdb XFTPDB
2> go

Information similar to the following is displayed:

name db_size owner dbid
created

status

------------------------ ------------- ------------------------ ------

...
XFTPDB 150.0 MB sa 12
Mar 06, 2009
select into/bulkcopy/pllsort, trunc log on
chkpt

(1 row affected)
device_fragments size usage
created free kbytes
------------------------------ ------------- --------------------
------------------- ----------------
XFTPDBdata 100.0 MB data only
Mar 6 2009 4:13PM 100742
XFTPDBlog 50.0 MB log only
Mar 6 2009 4:13PM not applicable

--------------------------------------------------------------
log only free kbytes = 50998
(return status = 0)
1>

2. Run the following commands to delete the XFTPDB database and the XFTPDBdata and
XFTPDBlog items in the XFTPDB database:
1> drop database XFTPDB
2> go
1> sp_dropdevice XFTPDBdata
2> go
1> sp_dropdevice XFTPDBlog
2> go

3. Run the following commands to exit the SQL and log out as user sybase:
1> exit
$ exit

4. Run the following commands to go to the sybase directory and delete the associated files
of the device information from the XFTPDB database:
# cd /opt/sybase/data
# rm XFTPDBdata.dat
# rm XFTPDBlog.dat

----End

B.3.2.9 How to Change the Character Set of the Database to UTF-8

Question
If the OS is configured and the NMS installation needs to reuse the installed database, the
character set of the database needs to be changed to UTF-8. How do I change the character set?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS as user root.
2 Run the following commands to view the character set of the database:

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-51

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

# su - sybase
$ . /opt/sybase/SYBASE.sh
$ cd /opt/sybase/OCS*/bin
$ ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme

NOTE

In the ./isql -SDBSVR -Usa -Pchangeme command, changeme is the password of user sa of the Sybase
database.
1> sp_helpsort
2> go

Information similar to the following is displayed:

...
Unicode 3.1 UTF-8 Character Set
Binary sort order for the ISO 10646-1, UTF-8 multibyte encoding character set
(utf8).
(return status = 0)
1>

3 Run the following commands to exit the SQL and log out as user sybase:
1> exit
$ exit

4 Run the following commands to change the character set to UTF-8 if it is not UTF-8:
# cd /opt/HWENGR/engineering/script/sybase
# ./transferCharset.sh database_installation_path DBSVR sa password_of_sa

----End

B.4 U2000 System

This topic covers FAQs about the U2000 system.

B.4.1 How to Verify That the U2000 Is Installed

B.4.2 How to Check Whether the U2000 Processes of the High Availability System (Solaris)
Are Started
B.4.3 How to Start the U2000 Processes of the High Availability System (Solaris)
B.4.4 How to End the U2000 Processes of the High Availability System (Solaris)
B.4.5 How to Determine Which Types of Software Are Preinstalled
B.4.6 Which Installation Packages Are Required for U2000 Installation
B.4.7 How to Handle Messages Indicating That the Port Is Occupied During Installation or
Uninstall
B.4.8 How to Rectify the Application GUI Startup Failure Caused by User Switching
B.4.9 How to View the U2000 and Sybase Database Installation Paths
B.4.10 How to View Network Configurations for the Primary Site or Secondary Site Installed
with a HA System
B.4.11 How to Rectify the Mouse Detection Failure and Open the GUI After the T5220 Is
Connected to the KVM
B.4.12 How to Check Downloaded Software Packages by Using MD5 Software

B-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.4.13 How to Rectify the Failure to Connect to the Sybase Database During U2000 Installation
B.4.14 How to Set the Communication Mode of the Server in a High Availability System
(Solaris)?

B.4.1 How to Verify That the U2000 Is Installed

Question
How do I verify that the U2000 is installed?

Answer
1. Log in to the OS as user nmsuser.
2. Check whether the icons of the U2000 client and U2000 System Monitor exist on the
desktop. If they exist, it indicates that the U2000 has been installed.
3. If login to the desktop fails, run the following commands to view the /opt/U2000 directory:
If this directory exists and is not empty, it indicates that the U2000 is installed.
$ cd /opt/U2000
$ ls

B.4.2 How to Check Whether the U2000 Processes of the High

Availability System (Solaris) Are Started

Question
How to check whether the U2000 processes of the high availability system (Solaris) are started?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS of the active site as the nmsuser user.

2 Check the U2000 processes.

Run the following command to check whether the U2000 is running:

$ daem_ps

Information similar to the following is displayed:

nmsuser 27069 1 0 10:31:39 ? 1:39 imapmrb
nmsuser 27079 1 0 10:31:39 ? 0:00 imapwatchdog -cmd start
nmsuser 27075 1 0 10:31:39 ? 0:50 imapsysd -cmd start
nmsuser 27086 1 0 10:31:39 ? 0:09 imapeventmgr
nmsuser 23679 1 1 17:57:06 pts/8 0:02 imap_sysmonitor -cmd start
nmsuser 27116 1 0 10:31:40 ? 0:52 ResourceMonitor -cmd start

NOTE

The U2000 is running if the displayed information contains imap_sysmonitor -cmd start.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-53

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.4.3 How to Start the U2000 Processes of the High Availability

System (Solaris)
Question
How do I start the U2000 processes of the high availability system (Solaris)?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS of the primary site as user root.
2 Log in to the VCS.
1. Open a terminal window, run the following command:
# hagui&

NOTE
If the login window fails to be displayed and the terminal displays a message indicating that the
current status is "STALE_ADMIN_WAIT", run the # hasys -force host name of node command.
2. Click Connect to Cluster name.
NOTE
If you are logging in to the VCS for the first time, you need to create a new Cluster.
a. Click File > New Cluster.
b. Enter the IP address of application network.
c. Click OK.
3. Enter User Name and Password.
NOTE
The default user name of the VCS is admin and the password is password. For system security,
modify the password and remember the new password.

3 In the Cluster Explorer window, right-click the AppService resource group in the navigation
tree and choose Online > primary from the shortcut menu to start the Sybase process and U2000
server process.
TIP
Click the Resources tab to view the start status of each resource.

Normally, on the Status tab page, Online is displayed for State in the Group Status on Member
Systems area on the active site, and Online on primary is displayed for Status in the Resource
Status area.

B-54 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

NOTE

l In actual configuration, use the actual host name.

l If a fault has occurred during start of the AppService process, right-click AppService and choose clear
fault from the shortcut menu to clear the fault. Then, choose Online > host_name to start the AppService
process.

4 In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

----End

B.4.4 How to End the U2000 Processes of the High Availability

System (Solaris)

Question
How do I end the U2000 processes of the high availability system (Solaris)?

Answer
1 Log in to the OS of the active site as the root user.

2 Log in to the VCS.

1. Open a terminal window, run the following command:
# hagui&

NOTE
If the login window fails to be displayed and the terminal displays a message indicating that the
current status is "STALE_ADMIN_WAIT", run the # hasys -force host name of node command.
2. Click Connect to Cluster name.
NOTE
If you are logging in to the VCS for the first time, you need to create a new Cluster.
a. Click File > New Cluster.
b. Enter the IP address of application network.
c. Click OK.
3. Enter User Name and Password.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-55

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

NOTE
The default user name of the VCS is admin and the password is password. For system security,
modify the password and remember the new password.

3 Select the AppService resource group from the navigation tree, right-click, and choose
Offline > Host name from the shortcut menu.
Wait about three minutes. If Group Status on Member Systems is displayed as Offline, it
indicates that the U2000 processes are ended.

----End

B.4.5 How to Determine Which Types of Software Are Preinstalled

Question
Servers come preinstalled with software from Huawei. The U2000 servers come preinstalled to
different extents according to the scheme and software purchased. How do I determine which
types of software are preinstalled?

Answer
The U2000 is installed based on the BOM.
l If the U2000 license BOM is available, the U2000 HA system needs to be installed
according to the license BOM while the primary site and secondary site are separated as
much as possible. Technical support engineers need to change the IP address, check that
the network between the primary site and secondary site is functioning properly, and then
connect the two sites.
l If the U2000 license BOM is unavailable, only the OS needs to be installed.

B.4.6 Which Installation Packages Are Required for U2000

Installation
Question
Which installation packages are required for U2000 installation?

Answer
Prepare installation packages according to the U2000 installation scheme.

B-56 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

Table B-4 Software required for installation

Software Medium Description

Solaris 10 OS You can install Solaris 10 OS by using the quick installation DVD or
the common installation DVD.
l Quick installation DVD:
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 or
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1
NOTE
l Ensure that the quick installation DVD
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4v_dvd2 is available if
the hardware type of the selected server is sun4v (the T5220 server for
example).
l Ensure that the quick installation DVD
U2000version_server_os_solaris_SPARC_sun4u_dvd1 is available if
the hardware of the selected server is sun4u (the M4000 server for
example).
Installation engineers can run the uname -m command to view the hardware
type of a server after logging in to the server OS as user root.
l Common installation DVD: Solaris 10 Software (10/08 SPARC
Platform Edition)
NOTE
Before installing Solaris 10 OS by using the common installation DVD,
prepare the OS patch DVD:
U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3, or OS patch package
U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar.

Database Installation DVD or installation package

l Installation DVD:
U2000version_server_db_solaris_SPARC_dvd4
l Installation package:
U2000version_server_db_solaris_SPARC.tar

Veritas Software Veritas software installation DVD or installation package

l Veritas software installation DVD: Storage Foundation and HA
Solutions 5.1 for Solaris SPARC or VERITAS Storage Foundation
and High Availability Solution, 5.0 Maintenance Pack 3 for Solaris
l Veritas software installation package: veritas5.1_solaris.tar.gz
l Veritas patch installation DVD:
U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3
l Veritas patch Installation package:
U2000version_server_veritas5-1_patch_solaris_SPARC.tar

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-57

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Software Medium Description

U2000 server Installation DVD or installation package

software l Installation DVD:
U2000version_server_nms_solaris_SPARC_dvd5
l Installation package:
NOTE
Prepare software packages required by the components to be installed.
Do not prepare U2000version_client_solaris_SPARC.tar software
packages. If the U2000version_client_solaris_SPARC.tar and the
following software packages are decompressed into the same path, the
U2000 installation will fail.
– Basic component:
U2000version_server_nmsbase_solaris_SPARC.tar
It must be available. It is used to install the U2000.
– Core component:
U2000version_server_nmscore_solaris_SPARC.tar
It must be available. It is used to install the U2000.
– Transport domain component:
U2000version_server_nmstrans_solaris_SPARC.tar
It is required only if the U2000 needs to manage Huawei
transport equipment. Huawei transport equipment includes:
– MSTP equipment
– WDM equipment
– NA WDM equipment
– Submarine equipment
– RTN equipment
– PTN equipment
– IP domain component:
U2000version_server_nmsip_solaris_SPARC.tar
It is required only if the U2000 needs to manage Huawei IP
equipment. Huawei IP equipment includes:
– Routers
– Switches
– Metro service equipment
– Broadband access equipment
– VoIP gateways
– Firewalls
– Service inspection gateway
– SVN equipment
– Access domain component:
U2000version_server_nmsaccess_solaris_SPARC.tar
It is required only if the U2000 needs to manage Huawei
access equipment. Huawei access equipment includes:
– FTTx equipment

B-58 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

Software Medium Description

– MSAN equipment
– DSLAM equipment
– StorageTek 2540 disk array manager CAM (optional). Prepare
this component if the StorageTek 2540 disk array is configured:
U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar

B.4.7 How to Handle Messages Indicating That the Port Is Occupied

During Installation or Uninstall

Question
How do I handle messages indicating that the port is occupied during use of the MSuite,
installation, or uninstall?

In the Solaris OS, the message is as follows:

The communication port (12212,12213,12214,12215) of the installation framework is
used. Run the "/usr/bin/netstat -an -P tcp" command to query the usage status of
the port, or try later.

Answer
l Wait about one minute and try again after the port is released automatically.
l In the Solaris or SUSE Linux OS, run the following command to view process IDs:
# ps -ef | grep java root 19913 19907 0 04:04:09 pts/1 0:00 grep java ...
root 18382 18311 0 03:42:33 pts/2 12:20 /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol/bin/java
-server -Dequinox.conf=engineering/conf/installE ...
Locate the process that contains the command output: /opt/HWNMSJRE/jre_sol/bin/java
-server and end the process by running the kill command. The following is a sample kill
command:
# kill -9 18382

----End

B.4.8 How to Rectify the Application GUI Startup Failure Caused

by User Switching

Question
After a user logs in to the graphical desktop system as user root and runs the su - nmsuser
command to switch to user nmsuser, applications such as the NMS maintenance suite client,
U2000 client, and U2000 System Monitor client fail to start. How do I rectify this fault?

Answer
1 Use either of the following methods to rectify the fault.
l Method 1: Log out of the graphical desktop system and then log in as user nmsuser. Then,
start an application in the desktop system.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-59

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

l Method 2: Perform the following operations in the current window:

1. Run the following command to switch back to user root:
$ exit

NOTE
The command prompt for user root is #. If # is not displayed after you run the exit command,
run the exit command again.
2. Run the following command to check the DISPLAY variable of user root. Then, record
the value of the DISPLAY variable.
# echo $DISPLAY

3. Run the following commands to switch to user nmsuser and set the DISPLAY variable.
# xhost +
# su - nmsuserr
$ export DISPLAY=DISPLAY value

NOTE
In the preceding command, DISPLAY value is the recorded value of the DISPLAY variable.
4. Run the appropriate command to start the application.

----End

B.4.9 How to View the U2000 and Sybase Database Installation

Paths
Question
How do I view the U2000 and Sybase database installation paths?

Answer
Generally, the U2000 installation path is /opt/U2000 and the Sybase database installation path
is /opt/sybase.
To view the installation paths, perform the following steps:

1 Log in to the OS as user root.

2 Check the ICMR_conf.xml configuration file to confirm the installation paths.
Run the following commands to check the ICMR_conf.xml configuration file:
# cd /etc/ICMR
# more ICMR_conf.xml

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

<CONFIGITEMS>
<NETCONFIGFILE>/etc/ICMR/netCfg/OS/os_net_config.cfg</NETCONFIGFILE>
<DATABASEINSTALLPATH>/opt/sybase</DATABASEINSTALLPATH>
<IFCONFIGSYSNET>no</IFCONFIGSYSNET>
<NMSINSTALLPATH>/opt/U2000</NMSINSTALLPATH>
<FINISHTASKLIST>tasks::installtype_request,tasks::instSybase_request,tasks::instNM
S_request,tasks::single_network_request,tasks::modify_sys_paras,tasks::enable_mult
ipath,tasks::mirrorDisk,tasks::mount_array_disks</FINISHTASKLIST>
<INSTALLTYPE>1</INSTALLTYPE>
<DEBUGLEVEL>9</DEBUGLEVEL>
</CONFIGITEMS>

Confirm the installation paths according to the preceding message:

B-60 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

l The Sybase database installation path is /opt/sybase if <DATABASEINSTALLPATH>/

opt/sybase</DATABASEINSTALLPATH> is displayed.
l The U2000 installation path is /opt/U2000 if <NMSINSTALLPATH>/opt/U2000</
NMSINSTALLPATH> is displayed.

----End

B.4.10 How to View Network Configurations for the Primary Site

or Secondary Site Installed with a HA System
Question
How do I view network configurations for the primary site or secondary site installed with a
high availability (HA) system?

Answer
NOTE
The following uses viewing configurations for the primary site as an example. Viewing configurations for the
secondary site is similar to that for the primary site.

1 Log in to the OS of the primary site as user root.

2 View the vcs_net_config.cfg file. Saving this file to a local disk is recommended.
Run the following commands to view the vcs_net_config.cfg file:
# cd /etc/ICMR/netCfg/VCS/
# more vcs_net_config.cfg

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

...

#The following are meanings of configuration item

ClearFlag=yes
SystemIP=10.78.218.52
SystemHostname=primary
SystemNetmask=255.255.255.0
SystemNic=bge0
SystemRouter=10.78.218.1

...
HBCFG=no
HBIP=10.78.218.52
HBHostname=primary
HBNetmask=255.255.255.0
...
# To use another NIC to back up PHBNic, configure the following parameters.
HBIsIPMP=no

HBStandbyNic=
HBStandbyIP=
HBStandbyNetmask=255.255.255.0
HBStandbyHostname=HBSlave

#VVR network configure, support the IPMP

VVRCFG=no

VVRIP=
VVRHostname=VVRService
VVRNetmask=255.255.255.0

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-61

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

VVRMasterNic=
VVRMasterIP=
VVRMasterHostname=VVRMaster
VVRMasterNetmask=255.255.255.0

# To use another NIC to back up PHBNic, configure the following parameters.

VVRIsIPMP=

VVRStandbyNic=
VVRStandbyIP=
VVRStandbyHostname=VVRSlave
VVRStandbyNetmask=255.255.255.0

#APP network configure, support the IPMP

APPCfg=yes

APPIP=10.78.218.52
APPHostname=primary
APPNetmask=255.255.255.0
APPMasterNic=bge0

APPMasterIP=
APPMasterHostname=APPMaster
APPMasterNetmask=255.255.255.0
# To use anther NIC to back up the HBNic, configure the following
parameters.
APPIsIPMP=no
APPStandbyNic=
APPStandbyIP=
APPStandbyNetmask=255.255.255.0
APPStandbyHostname=APPSlave

The preceding information shows the system IP address, the host name, the subnet mask, the
default route, and the relationships between the system IP address and the heartbeat network,
replication network, and NMS application network. Details are as follows:
l SystemIP=10.78.218.52: The system IP address is 10.78.218.52.
l SystemHostname=primary: The system host name is primary.
l HBCFG=no: The system IP address is used as the heartbeat IP address (there is no need to
set a heartbeat IP address).
l HBIsIPMP=no: IPMP is not configured for the heartbeat IP address.
l VVRCFG=no: The heartbeat IP address is used as the replication IP address (there is no
need to set a replication IP address).
l APPCfg=yes: The application IP address needs to be set.
3 Run the following command to view and record routing information:
# netstat -rn

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Routing Table: IPv4
Destination Gateway Flags Ref Use Interface
-------------------- -------------------- ----- ----- ---------- ---------
default 10.78.218.1 UG 1 129077
10.78.218.0 10.78.218.52 U 1 1776 bge0
224.0.0.0 10.78.218.52 U 1 0 bge0
127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 UH 12 1243318 lo0

----End

B-62 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

B.4.11 How to Rectify the Mouse Detection Failure and Open the
GUI After the T5220 Is Connected to the KVM
Question
The OS was installed by using the quick installation DVD. After the T5220 is connected to the
KVM, the GUI cannot be opened. How do I rectify this fault?

Answer
1 To set the I/O mode, run the following commands:
# eeprom output-device=screen

# eeprom input-device=keyboard

2 To set the screen resolution and refresh rate, perform the following operations:
1. To view information about the current video card, run the following command:
# fbconfig -list

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Device File Name Device Model Configuration Program
---------------- ------------ --------------
/dev/fbs/nfb0 [a|b] SUNWnfb_config

2. To view the screen resolution and refresh rate supported for the current video card, run the
following command:
# fbconfig -res \?

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Valid values for -res option are:
VESA_STD_640x480x60
...
...
Notes:
Monitor 1 edid data not available, monitor may not support all resolutions.
Monitor 2 edid data not available, monitor may not support all resolutions.

Use unsupported resolutions at your own risk.

* Abbreviations such as "1280x1024x75" may also be used

3. To view the current configurations for the video card, run the following command:
# fbconfig -propt

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

--- OpenWindows Configuration for /dev/fb0 ---

OWconfig: machine
Video Mode: not set

Screen Information:
Doublewide: Disable
Doublehigh: Disable
Clone: Disable
Offset/Overlap: [0, 0]

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-63

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

Output Configuration: Direct

Fake8 Rendering: Disable

4. The screen resolution and refresh rate are not set if Video Mode is set to not set. To set
the screen resolution and refresh rate, run the following commands:

# fbconfig -dev /dev/fbs/nfb0 -res 1024x768x60 now

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

SUNWnfb_config: Warning: no edid data available from monitor A
SUNWnfb_config: Cannot verify that 1024x768x60 is a supported
video resolution for this monitor
SUNWnfb_config: Use 1024x768x60 anyway (yes/no) ?

Enter y, and then press Enter. A message similar to the following will be displayed:
Setting 1024x768x60

5. To view the current configurations for the video card, run the following command:

# fbconfig -propt

The setting has taken effect if a message similar to the following is displayed.

--- Open Windows Configuration for /dev/fb0 ---

OWconfig: machine
Video Mode: 1024x768x60

Screen Information:
Doublewide: Disable
Doublehigh: Disable
Clone: Disable
Offset/Overlap: [0, 0]
Output Configuration: Direct
Fake8 Rendering: Disable

3 To restart the OS, run the following command. After the OS is restarted, connect the T2550 to
the KVM.

# sync;sync;sync;sync

# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

----End

B.4.12 How to Check Downloaded Software Packages by Using

MD5 Software

Question
How do I check downloaded software packages by using MD5 software?

Answer
1 Download the MD5_Code_English file from http://support.huawei.com. The
MD5_Code_English file contains MD5 code information after all software and document
packages are decompressed.

B-64 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

NOTE
Perform the following operations to obtain the MD5_Code_English file:
1. Access http://support.huawei.com.
2. Choose Software Center > Version Software > Network OSS&Service > iManager U2000 > iManager
U2000 > iManager U2000 > iManager U2000 V100R002 > iManager U2000 V100R002C01SPC002.
3. Download the MD5_Code_English file in the Release Document column.

2 Navigate to http://www.winmd5.com and download the WinMD5.

3 Double-click WinMD5 1.2.exe to run the WinMD5.

4 Drag the downloaded software package to the window for running the WinMD5. The WinMD5
automatically generates MD5 code information about the downloaded software package and
then compares the information with the counterpart in the MD5_Code_English file.
l The downloaded software package is correct if the information about the software package
is consistent with the counterpart in the MD5_Code_English file.
l The software package must be re-downloaded if the information about the software package
is inconsistent with the counterpart in the MD5_Code_English file.

----End

B.4.13 How to Rectify the Failure to Connect to the Sybase Database

During U2000 Installation

Question
How to rectify the failure to connect to the Sybase database during U2000 installation?

Answer
1 This fault occurs if the IP address recorded in the interfaces file in the Sybase database is
different from the IP address of the U2000 server. To rectify this fault, modify the IP address
recorded in the interfaces file.

2 To modify the interfaces file, run the following command:

$ vi /opt/sybase/interfaces

Information similar to the following is displayed:

DBSVR master tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4100 query tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4100 master tcp
ether 129.9.1.20 4100 query tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4100 master tcp ether 127.0.0.1
4100 query tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4100

DBSVR_back master tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4200 query tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4200 master
tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4200 query tcp ether 129.9.1.20 4200 master tcp ether
127.0.0.1 4200 query tcp ether 127.0.0.1 4200

Change the IP address (for example, 129.9.1.20) recorded in the interfaces file to the IP address
of the U2000 server.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-65

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
B FAQs Guide (Solaris)

B.4.14 How to Set the Communication Mode of the Server in a High

Availability System (Solaris)?
Question
The server in a high availability system (Solaris) has two communication modes, namely,
common and Security Socket Layer (SSL). How to set the common or SSL mode?

Answer

CAUTION
In a high availability system (Solaris), the communication mode of the server is automatically
synchronized from the primary site to the secondary site. Therefore, only the procedure for
setting the communication mode on the primary site is described here.

1 Log in to the OS as the root user and run the following commands to query the communication
mode in use:
# cd /opt/U2000/server # . ./svc_profile.sh # ssl_adm -cmd query

NOTE

Leave a space between the dot (.) and ./svc_profile.sh.

2 Stop the U2000 processes.

The U2000 processes consist of the U2000 server process and the Sybase process.
Check whether the U2000 processes are stopped and perform the following operations:
1. Access the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session of the OS of the server of the active
site as the root user.
2. Run the following command to start the VCS client:
# hagui &

3. Choose File > New Cluster. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

B-66 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) B FAQs

4. Enter the IP address of the Heartbeat network service of the primary site. Then, click
OK.

5. Enter the default user name admin and the default password password of the VCS client.
Then, click OK.
6. Select the AppService resource group from the navigation tree, click the Status tab, and
then view the status of the U2000 processes.
l If Group Status on Member Systems is displayed as Offline, it indicates that the
U2000 processes are stopped.
l If Group Status on Member Systems is displayed as Online, it indicates that the
U2000 processes are started. Do as follows to stop the U2000 processes:
Right-click AppService and choose Offline > host_name from the shortcut menu.

3 Run the following commands to set the communication mode of the server:
# ssl_adm -cmd setmode mode parameter

NOTE

In the preceding command, mode parameter can be normal, ssl, or both. The description of each value is
as follows:
l normal: Indicates that the U2000 server communicates with clients only in normal mode without
security assurance.
l ssl: Indicates that the U2000 server communicates with clients only in security mode. This mode ensures
the communication security.
l both: Indicates that both the normal and SSL modes are applicable to the U2000 server to communicate
with clients.

4 In the Cluster Explorer window, right-click the AppService resource group in the navigation
tree and choose Online > primary from the shortcut menu to start the Sybase process and U2000
server process.
TIP
Click the Resources tab to view the start status of each resource.

Normally, on the Status tab page, Online is displayed for State in the Group Status on Member
Systems area on the active site, and Online on primary is displayed for Status in the Resource
Status area.

NOTE

l In actual configuration, use the actual host name.

l If a fault has occurred during start of the AppService process, right-click AppService and choose clear
fault from the shortcut menu to clear the fault. Then, choose Online > host_name to start the AppService
process.

5 In the dialog box that is displayed, click Yes.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-67

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) C Uninstalling the U2000 Software

C Uninstalling the U2000 Software

This topic describes how to uninstall the U2000 software. Uninstall the U2000 software prior
to reinstallation.
C.1 Uninstalling U2000 Software
This topic describes how to uninstall U2000 software.
C.2 Verifying the Uninstall Status of the Server Software
This topic describes how to verify that the U2000 server software is uninstalled.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential C-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
C Uninstalling the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

C.1 Uninstalling U2000 Software

This topic describes how to uninstall U2000 software.

Prerequisite
All servers on the primary and secondary sites must be started on the MSuite server side.

CAUTION
Step 1 to Step 2 needs to be performed only on the server on the active site. Step 3 to Step 10
must be performed on both the primary and secondary sites.

Procedure
1 Log in to the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session of the master server at primary site OS
as the nmsuser user.
2 Disconnect the primary site from the secondary site.
1. On the server on the active site, run the following commands to start the MSuite client:
$ cd /opt/U2000/engineering
$ ./startclient.sh

Wait for about one minute. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

Then, set the related parameters according to the following table.

C-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) C Uninstalling the U2000 Software

Parameter Settings

IP Address Specifies the system IP address on the primary site.

l If the Network Management System Maintenance Suite client
and the Network Management System Maintenance Suite
server are on the same computer, you must enter 127.0.0.1 or
the system IP address on the primary site.
l If the Network Management System Maintenance Suite client
and the Network Management System Maintenance Suite
server are on different computers, enter only the system IP
address on the primary site.

Port Number Specifies the port number. The default value is 12212.

User Name Specifies the user name. The default value is admin.

Password Specifies the password of the admin user. The default password
is admin.

2. Click Login to access the NMS Maintenance Suite window.

NOTE

When you log in to the MSuite client, a progress bar showing the progress of querying subsystems and
instances is displayed. Wait until the operation is complete.
3. Choose Deploy > Separate Primary and Secondary Nodes. A progress bar is displayed,
indicating the progress of disconnecting the primary site from the secondary site. Wait for
about five minutes until a dialog box is displayed indicating that the operation is complete.
4. Click OK.
5. Choose System > Log Out from the main menu. The Log Out dialog box is displayed.
6. Click OK.

3 Ensure that all U2000 processes on the active site have been stopped and the database has been
started on the active site and standby site.

Run the following command to check whether the U2000 processes have been started:
$ daem_ps

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

nmsuser 27069 1 0 10:31:39 ? 1:39 imapmrb
nmsuser 27079 1 0 10:31:39 ? 0:00 imapwatchdog -cmd start
nmsuser 27075 1 0 10:31:39 ? 0:50 imapsysd -cmd start
nmsuser 27086 1 0 10:31:39 ? 0:09 imapeventmgr
nmsuser 23679 1 1 17:57:06 pts/8 0:02 imap_sysmonitor -cmd start
nmsuser 27116 1 0 10:31:40 ? 0:52 ResourceMonitor -cmd start

NOTE

If the displayed information contains imap_sysmonitor -cmd start, it indicates that the U2000 process
has been started.

If the U2000 process has been started, do as follows to stop the U2000 process and start the
sybase process:

1. On the primary site, log out as the nmsuser user and then log in the OS again as the root
user.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential C-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
C Uninstalling the U2000 Software Guide (Solaris)

2. Open a CLI. Then, run the following command to start the VCS client:
NOTE
If the server does not have the GUI desktop, run the following commands to stop the U2000 processes
and start the database:
# hares -offline NMSServer -sys host name
# hares -online DatabaseServer -sys host name
# hares -online BackupServer -sys host name
# hagui &

3. Click Click here to log in.

4. Enter the default user name (admin) and initial password (password) for the VCS client.
Then, click OK.
5. In the resource tree, select NMSServer, right-click, and then choose Offline > host
name from the shortcut menu.
6. In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes.
NOTE

l If the NMS process resource NMSServer is in the Offline on Primaster state, it indicates that the U2000
processes have been stopped.
l If the database resource BackupServer is in the Online on host name state, it indicates that the database
has been started.

4 Run the following commands on the server on the primary and secondary sites to stop the MSuite
server:
# cd /opt/HWENGR/engineering
# ./stopserver.sh

5 Run the following command on the servers at the primary and secondary sites to go to the path
where the uninstall.sh script is stored and run the script:
NOTE

Two modes are available to uninstall the U2000. One is the GUI mode and the other is the CLI mode. The
procedure for uninstalling the U2000 in GUI mode is described in the following sections. Installation engineers
are recommended to uninstall the U2000 through the CLI if they cannot log in to the GUI of the OS.
Run the ./uninstall.sh -cmd command to uninstall the U2000 in the /opt/HWENGR path through the CLI.

C-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) C Uninstalling the U2000 Software

# cd /opt/HWENGR
# ./uninstall.sh

The Confirm Uninstallation dialog box will be displayed.

6 Click Yes. A dialog box showing the progress of the uninstall will be displayed.
NOTE

The duration of the uninstall depends on the quantity of installed components. Wait patiently.

7 After the uninstall is complete, the Uninstallation Complete dialog box is displayed.
8 Click Finish.
9 Run the following command to delete the /opt/HWENGR path. Ensure that the current
environment is the initial installation environment.
# rm -rf /opt/HWENGR

----End

C.2 Verifying the Uninstall Status of the Server Software

This topic describes how to verify that the U2000 server software is uninstalled.

Procedure
1 Log in to the OS of the server as user root.
2 Confirm that the installation path is correct during the uninstall.
l If the server is not mounted with disk arrays, the NMS installation path/opt/U2000 will be
deleted.
l If the server is mounted with disk arrays, the NMS installation path /opt/U2000 will be empty.
The installation paths /opt/HWENGR, /opt/HWICMR and /opt/HWNMSJRE, are deleted.
3 Confirm the nmsuser user that must be deleted during the uninstall.
Run the following command to switch to user nmsuser:
# su - nmsuser

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

su: unknown id: nmsuser

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential C-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) D Getting Started

D Getting Started

This topic describes certain common operations that can be performed on the Solaris
workstation. After learning this topic, you can improve the efficiency of the operations in the
Solaris OS.

Syntax Structure of Command Lines

The syntax structure of command lines is as follows:
command option parameter

The Solaris commands are case-sensitive. That is, the OS considers an uppercase letter and its
corresponding lowercase letter two different letters. For example, when you want to use the
command for displaying the files in the certain directory, the OS can correctly run the ls
command, but it cannot run the Ls command because the Ls command is considered as an invalid
system command. The options in the Solaris commands are used to change the command
execution method. Generally, the options start with the en-dash (-).

For example, run the following command to display the files and the related details in the /opt
directory:
ls -al /opt

Switching to the bash Mode

It is recommended that you switch the system to the bash mode after logging in to the OS to
reduce the period used for entering commands. Generally, after logging in to the OS, you can
run the bash command to switch to the bash mode, as shown in the following figure.

The following basic features of the bash mode help you interact with the system better:

l Command line editing: enables you move the cursor among command lines or edit text.
l History command: allows you to edit or restore the command that has been entered in
command lines.

For example, if you enter the first two or three letters of a command or a file and then press
Tab, the system automatically fills in the desired command or file.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential D-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
D Getting Started Guide (Solaris)

Switching Users
The Solaris OS has strict user management rules. Different OS users can access only associated
applications.
l To switch OS users, run the following command:
su - OS user name

Leave a space between - and OS user name.

For example, to switch to the nmsuser user, run the following command:
su - nmsuser

l To exit an OS user, run the following command:

exit

NOTE

To switch back to the root user, run the exit command several times until the prompt changes to #.

Directory Browsing and Control Commands

Command/Usage Example Description

cd directory cd /opt Switches to another directory.

ls option file directory ls -al /opt Displays the directory

contents or file information.

mkdir directory mkdir install Creates a directory.

pwd pwd Displays the current directory

of the user.

rm file name rm file.tar Deletes a file.

rmdir directory rmdir temp Deletes an empty directory.

Logging In to the Solaris OS Through Remote Login Software

There are many remote login software products, such as the PuTTY. This topic takes the PuTTY
as an example. The PuTTY is used to log in to the server from a remote site through command
lines.

CAUTION
Make sure that the remote login software is installed.

1. Double-click the shortcut icon of the PuTTY software on the desktop. The following dialog
box is displayed.

D-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) D Getting Started

The following table shows the login configurations.

Parameter Description

Host Name (or IP address) Specifies the IP address of the server to be

logged in to, for example, 10.71.225.89.

Connection type Specifies the connection type. You need to

select a connection type as required.
Generally, select Telnet or SSH.

Saved Sessions This parameter cannot be set.

Close window on exit This parameter cannot be set. The default

value is Only on clean exit.

2. Set the parameters for logging in to the server. Then, click Open. The login dialog box is
displayed.
3. Enter the login user name, and then press Enter.
4. Enter the login password, and then press Enter.

Accessing the CLI of the Windows OS

1. Choose Start > Run on the Windows OS desktop.
2. In the Run dialog box, enter cmd, and then click OK. The CLI is displayed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential D-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
D Getting Started Guide (Solaris)

Logging In to the Solaris OS Through the Windows OS CLI

1. In the CLI, enter telnet IP address of the server to be logged in to, and then press
Enter.
Login:

2. Enter the name of the user who logs in to the OS of the server, for example, root. Then,
press Enter.
Password:

3. Enter the login password of the user. Press Enter to log in to the OS. Generally, the default
login password of the root user is root.

Restarting the Solaris OS

Run the following commands to restart the OS:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

When you restart the OS, the remote login user exits. It takes approximately 3 to 5 minutes to
restart the OS. After the OS is restarted, re-log in to the server by referring to the preceding login
method.

D-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) E Powering Off the High Availability System (Solaris)

E Powering Off the High Availability System

(Solaris)

This topic describes how to power off the system. Do not power off the U2000 when it is properly
managing NEs. The U2000 only needs to be shut down in special circumstances (such as
switching the power supply).

Context
l Always follow site-specific procedures for powering off the server to ensure that it is safely
shut down.
l The system may fail to recover if the halt command is used to shut down the server or if
the server is directly powered off.

Procedure
1 Exit all running U2000 clients.

2 Stop the U2000 processes.

The U2000 processes consist of the U2000 server process and the Sybase process.

Check whether the U2000 processes are stopped and perform the following operations:

1. Access the Java Desktop System, Release 3 session of the OS of the server of the active
site as the root user.
2. Run the following command to start the VCS client:
# hagui &

3. Choose File > New Cluster. A dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential E-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
E Powering Off the High Availability System (Solaris) Guide (Solaris)

4. Enter the IP address of the Heartbeat network service of the primary site. Then, click
OK.

5. Enter the default user name admin and the default password password of the VCS client.
Then, click OK.
6. Select the AppService resource group from the navigation tree, click the Status tab, and
then view the status of the U2000 processes.
l If Group Status on Member Systems is displayed as Offline, it indicates that the
U2000 processes are stopped.
l If Group Status on Member Systems is displayed as Online, it indicates that the
U2000 processes are started. Do as follows to stop the U2000 processes:
Right-click AppService and choose Offline > host_name from the shortcut menu.

3 Log in to the server of the active site as user root and run the following commands to stop the
VCS service:
# cd /opt/VRTSvcs/bin
# hastop -local -force

4 Run the following command to verify that the VCS service is stopped:
# ps -ef|grep had

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

root 27663 17299 0 00:31:00 pts/2 0:00 grep had

NOTE

If the had and hadshadow processes are not displayed, the VCS service is successfully stopped; otherwise,
run the kill -9 process ID command to stop the related processes.

5 Log in to the server of the standby site as the root user and perform the preceding two steps to
stop the VCS service on the server of the standby site.

6 Shut down the OS of the standby site.

1. Log in to the OS of the standby site as the root user.
2. Run the following command to shut down the OS of the standby site:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i5

E-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) E Powering Off the High Availability System (Solaris)

7 Run the following command to shut down the OS of the active site:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i5

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential E-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its

Patches

This topic describes how to manually install the OS by using the Solaris installation DVD
delivered with the product and how to install patches by using the patch package.
F.1 Installing the OS Through the GUI
This topic describes how to install Solaris 10 OS through the GUI if the server is connected to
the KVMS or monitor.
F.2 Installing the OS Through the CLI
This topic describes how to install Solaris 10 OS through the CLI if the server is not connected
to the KVMS or monitor.
F.3 Installing the Solaris OS Patches
This topic describes how to install the Solaris OS patches. To ensure the reliable system
performance, the huawei_patch_9.0.1 patch must be installed immediately after the Solaris OS
is installed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

F.1 Installing the OS Through the GUI

This topic describes how to install Solaris 10 OS through the GUI if the server is connected to
the KVMS or monitor.

Prerequisite
l The Solaris 10 OS disk, that is, Solaris 10 Operating System (10/08), is on-hand.
l Obtain the following information:
– Host name
– Network interface
– System IP address
– Subnet mask
– Default Route IP address
l The server is connected to the keyboard, video, mouse, switch (KVMS) or monitor.

Context
l The system will go straight to the OK prompt if Solaris OS has not been installed on the
server.
l The system will go to the OK prompt if Solaris OS is installed on the server when user
root runs the init 0 command.

Procedure
1 Power on the Sun server and insert the Solaris 10 OS installation DVD into the DVD-ROM
drive.

2 Press STOP+A. At the OK prompt, run the following command:

ok boot cdrom

Press Enter. The system will restart. After five minutes, the system will prompt you to select
the language for the installation program.

3 Move the pointer to the text box. Enter 0 to select English and press Enter.

4 In the Welcome dialog box, click Next.

5 In the Network Connectivity dialog box, select Networked and click Next.

6 Optional: In the Configure Multiple Network Interfaces dialog box, select a primary network
interface such as e1000g0, and click Next.
NOTE

l If the server contains only one network interface, the Configure Multiple Network Interfaces dialog
box will not be displayed.
l You are recommended to select the first network interface in scenarios where the server contains
multiple network interfaces (the Configure Multiple Network Interfaces dialog box will be
displayed).
l The network interface name is related to the network adapter type. The common types of network
adapters are e1000g, bge, and ce.

F-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

7 In the DHCP for e1000g0 dialog box, select No and click Next.

8 In the Host Name for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the planned host name and click Next.

9 In the IP Address for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the planned IP address and click Next.

10 In the Netmask for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the planned subnet mask and click Next.

11 In the IPv6 for e1000g0 dialog box, select No and click Next.

12 In the Set the Default Route for e1000g0 dialog box, select Specify one and click Next.

CAUTION
The default route is not recommended if the NMS security policies are used. After installing the
NMS, manually configure the static route. For details about how to manually configure the static
route, see B.1.1.2 How to Add a Static Route.

13 In the Set the Default Route for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the route IP address and click
Next.

14 In the Kerberos dialog box, select No for the Kerberos security and click Next.

15 In the Name Service dialog box, select None for the name service and click Next.

16 In theNFSv4 Domain Name dialog box, select Use the NFSv4 domain derived by the
system and click Next.

17 In the Time Zone dialog box, select Geographic Continent/Country/Region and click Next.

18 In the Country or Region dialog box, select the appropriate country and region. For example,
select Asia and China. Then, click Next.

19 In the Date and Time dialog box, set the time and click Next.

CAUTION
In the OS, the system time must be set correctly according to the specified format. Stable system
time is of vital importance to the system. Hence, do not modify the system time while the server
is running.

20 In the Root Password dialog box, enter the password of user root twice and click Next.
NOTE

Do not forget the password of user root.

21 In the Enabling Remote Services dialog box, select Yes and click Next.

22 In the Confirm Information dialog box, confirm that the configuration is correct and click
Confirm; click Back to modify the configuration.

23 In the Welcome dialog box, click Next.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

24 In the Installer Options dialog box, select Yes for Reboot automatically after software
installation and Eject CD/DVD automatically after software installation. Then, click Next.

25 In the Specify Media dialog box, select CD/DVD and click Next.

26 In the License dialog box, select Accept and click Next.

NOTE

If the Select Upgrade or Initial Install dialog box is displayed during installation, the system can be
upgraded. You can select Initial Install if the original system configuration is not required.

27 In the Select Type of Install dialog box, select Custom Install and click Next.

28 In the Select Software Localizations dialog box, select English (United States) (en_US) and
English (United States, UTF-8) (en_US.UTF-8) for North America and click Next.

29 In the Select System Locale dialog box, select POSIX C (C) and click Next.

30 In the Additional Products dialog box, select None and click Next.

31 In the Select Solaris Software Group dialog box, select Default Packages for Entire Group
Plus OEM and click Next.

32 In the Disk Selection dialog box, select all disks and click Next.

33 In the Preserve Data dialog box, select No and click Next.

34 In the Lay Out File Systems dialog box, select the desired disks to lay out file systems, and
click Modify to partition the disks.

CAUTION
Select the disks to be partitioned according to the disk partition plan. For details, see G Planning
Disk Partitions. Assume that you need to partition the c1t0d0 and c1t1d0 disks need to be
partitioned, both disks must be selected during this step; otherwise, the selected disks cannot be
partitioned. It is important that the correct disks are selected because this step cannot be undone.

NOTE

l The sector names shown as 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively refer to c1t0d0s0, c1t0d0s1, c1t0d0s3,
c1t0d0s4, c1t0d0s5, c1t0d0s6, and c1t0d0s7. The size of the overlap partition corresponding to the
c1t0d0s2 disk is the same size as the entire disk. Therefore, there is no need to set the size.
l The disk names vary according to device model.

35 Click OK. In the Lay Out File Systems dialog box, click Next.

36 In the Ready to Install dialog box, click Install Now.

A dialog box will be displayed that shows the progress of the installation. The duration of the
installation process depends on the server configuration. Generally, the installation lasts 60
minutes.

NOTE

l Click Continue each of the three times that the Pause dialog box is displayed during installation. The
system will automatically restart and the installation will continue if this operation is not performed.
l After the installation is complete, the DVD-ROM door will automatically open. Take out the DVD.

F-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

37 After the system restarts, log in to the Solaris OS as user root.

If login to Solaris OS as user root is possible, Solaris OS is successfully installed. Otherwise,
install the OS again.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the Solaris OS is installed, verify that the system character set is correct, and enable user
root to remotely log in to the system and use the FTP tool.
1. Run the following command to verify that the system character set is correct:
# locale -a

If the following information is included in the command output, the character set of Solaris
OS is correct. Otherwise, reinstall the OS.
C
en_US.UTF-8

2. Enable the root user to remotely log in to the system.

(1) Run the vi command to modify the /etc/default/login file:
# vi /etc/default/login

(2) Add # to the left of CONSOLE=/dev/console to comment out this line. The following
message will be displayed:
¡¡
# If CONSOLE is set, root can only login on that device.
# Comment this line out to allow remote login by root.
#
# CONSOLE=/dev/console
...

(3) Press ESC. Press Shift+;. Enter wq!. Then, press Enter to forcibly save the file and
exit.
3. Enable the root user to use the FTP tool.
(1) Run the vi command to modify the /etc/ftpd/ftpusers file.
(2) Add # to the left of root to comment out this line. The following message will be
displayed:
# ident "@(#)ftpusers 1.5 04/02/20 SMI"
#
# List of users denied access to the FTP server, see ftpusers(4)
#
#root
daemon
bin
sys
...

(3) Press ESC. Press Shift+;. Enter wq!. Then, press Enter to forcibly save the file and
exit.
4. Run the following commands to restart the server:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

F.2 Installing the OS Through the CLI

This topic describes how to install Solaris 10 OS through the CLI if the server is not connected
to the KVMS or monitor.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

Prerequisite
l The Solaris 10 OS disk, that is, Solaris 10 Operating System (10/08), is on-hand.
l Obtain the following information:
– Host name
– Network interface
– System IP address
– Subnet mask
– Default Route IP address
l The IP address of the system controller is configured. For details about how to configure
the IP address, see 4.1 Configuring Controller IP Addresses for Workstation.

Procedure
1 Optional: If the T5220 server is used, perform the following operations to display the OK
prompt:
1. Log in to the system controller in SSH mode.
NOTE

The T5220 server does not support login through Telnet. Log in to the system controller performing
the following:
l Install the tool software of the SSH client on the Windows terminal to log in to the system
controller, for example: Putty.
l Run the ssh SC_IP_Address command on the terminals of other Sun servers. If the following
message is displayed, enter yes:
The authenticity of host '129.9.1.20 (129.9.1.20)' can't be
established.
RSA key fingerprint is 0b:23:07:0c:27:72:44:3f:d1:aa:12:99:ed:dd:c0:5a.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?

2. In the CLI, enter the user name and password of the system controller. The default user
name and password are root and changeme.
3. Enter set /HOST/bootmode state=reset_nvram script="setenv auto-boot? false".
NOTE

There must be a space between ? and false.

The following message will be displayed:

Set 'state' to 'reset_nvram'
Set 'script' to 'setenv auto-boot? false'

4. Enter start /SYS.

The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SYS (y/n)?

5. Enter y to start the T5220.

The system is running if the following message is displayed:
start: Target already started
Perform the following operations:
a. Enter stop /SYS.
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to stop /SYS (y/n)?

F-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

b. Enter y.
The following message will be displayed:
Stopping /SYS

c. Enter show /HOST status repeatedly to check the system status.

Proceed with the subsequent operations until the following message is displayed:
status = Powered off

d. Enter start /SYS.

The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SYS (y/n)?

e. Enter y to start the T5220.

6. Enter start /SP/console -f.
The following message will be displayed:
Are you sure you want to start /SP/console (y/n)?

7. Enter y and press Enter.

NOTE

If a prompt is displayed, enter y and press Enter.

The following message will be displayed:

Serial console started. To stop, type #.
...
Setting NVRAM parameters to default values.

SPARC Enterprise T5220, No Keyboard

Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
OpenBoot 4.28.0, 8064 MB memory available, Serial #85369820.
Ethernet address 0:21:28:16:a3:dc, Host ID: 8516a3dc.

auto-boot? = false
{0} ok

2 Optional: If the M4000 server is used, perform the following to display the OK prompt:
1. Log in to the system controller through Telnet. Run the telnet Controller IP Address
command on the controller.
The following message will be displayed:
Login:

2. Enter eis-installer as the user name.

The following message will be displayed:
Password:

3. Enter the password of user eis-installer.

The following message will be displayed:
XSCF>

4. Enter showdomainmode -d 0.
The following message will be displayed:
Host-ID : 8501c2de
Diagnostic Level : min
Secure Mode : off (host watchdog: unavailable Break-signal: receive)
Autoboot : on
CPU Mode : auto

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

NOTE
If the Secure Mode item is in the on state, perform the following:
a. Enter setdomainmode -d 0 -m secure=off.
The following message will be displayed:
Diagnostic Level :min -> -
Secure Mode : on -> off
Autoboot : on -> -
CPU Mode : auto
The specified modes will be changed.
Continue? [y|n]
b. Enter y.
The following message will be displayed:
configured.
Diagnostic Level : min
Secure Mode : off (host watchdog: unavailable Break-signal:
receive)
Autoboot : on (autoboot:on)
CPU Mode : auto

5. Enter showdomainstatus -a.

The following message will be displayed:
DID Domain Status
00 Running
01 -

NOTE

If the following message is displayed, run the poweron -d 0 command:

DID Domain Status
00 Powered Off
01 -
Run the showdomainstatus -a command repeatedly to check the system status. Proceed with the
next step only after the status is displayed as running.
6. Enter sendbreak -d 0.
The following message will be displayed:
Send break signal to DomainID 0? [y|n]

7. Enter y.
8. Enter console -d 0 -f.
The following message will be displayed:
Connect to DomainID 0? [y|n]

9. Enter y and press Enter.

OK

3 Insert the Solaris 10 installation DVD into the DVD-ROM drive.

4 Run the following command to boot the system for installation preparation:
ok boot cdrom

Press Enter. The system will restart. After five minutes, the system will prompt you to select
the language for the installation program.
5 In the Select a Language dialog box, the system prompts "Please make a choice (0-9), or press
h or ? for help:." Enter 0 and select English. Then, press Enter.
NOTE

The language selected in this step only applies to the language environment of this installation process. It
is irrelevant to the languages supported by the Solaris OS after installation.

F-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

6 In the What type of terminal are you using? dialog box, the system prompts "Type the number
of your choice and press Return:". Enter 3 and set the type of the terminal used during OS
installation to DEC VT100. Then, press Enter.

7 In the The Solaris Installation Program dialog box, press F2.

NOTE

l If F2 does not function, press Esc+2 instead.

l If ↑ or ↓ does not function, use Ctrl+B or Ctrl+N instead.

8 In the Identify This System dialog box, press F2.

9 In the Network Connectivity dialog box, click Yes to connect the network. Then, press F2.
NOTE

You can use ↑ and ↓ to move the cursor to the required bracket. Then, press Enter. The selection is
complete if X is displayed in the bracket.

10 Optional: In the Configure Multiple Network Interfaces dialog box, select a primary network
interface, such as e1000g0. Then, press F2.
NOTE

l If the server contains only one network interface, skip this step.
l If the server contains multiple network interfaces, the Configure Multiple Network Interfaces dialog
box will be displayed. In this scenario, you are recommended that you select the first network interface
as the primary network interface for connecting to the public network.
l The network interface name is related to the network adapter type. The common types of network
adapters are e1000g, bge, and ce.

11 In the DHCP for e1000g0 dialog box, select No to disable DHCP and press F2.

12 In the Host Name for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the planned host name and press F2.

13 In the IP Address for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the planned server IP address and press F2.

14 In the Subnet for e1000g0 dialog box, select Yes and press F2.

15 In the Netmask for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the planned subnet mask and press F2.

16 In the IPv6 for e1000g0 dialog box, select No to disable IPv6 and press F2.

17 In the Set the Default Route for e1000g0 dialog box, select Specify one and press F2.

CAUTION
The default route is not recommended if the NMS security policies are used. After installing the
NMS, manually configure the static route. For details about how to manually configure the static
route, see B.1.1.2 How to Add a Static Route.

18 In the Set the Default Route for e1000g0 dialog box, enter the route IP address. Then, press
F2.

19 In the Confirm Information for e1000g0 dialog box, confirm that the configuration is correct
and press F2.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-9

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

If any information is incorrect, you can press F4 to return to the Network Connectivity dialog box, and
modify the settings of the network connection.

20 In the Configure Security Policy dialog box, select No to skip the configuration of Kerberos
security. Then, press F2.

21 In the Confirm Information dialog box, confirm that the security configuration is correct and
press F2.
NOTE

If any information is incorrect, press F4 to return to the Configure Security Policy dialog box, and modify
the settings of security policies.

22 In the Name Service dialog box, select None to skip the configuration of the name server. Then,
press F2.

23 In the Confirm Information dialog box, confirm that the name server configuration is correct
and press F2.
NOTE

If any information is incorrect, press F4 to return to the Name Service dialog box, and modify the settings
of the name server.

24 In the NFSv4 Domain Name dialog box, select Use the NFSv4 domain derived by the
system. Then, press F2.

25 In the Confirm Information for NFSv4 Domain dialog box, ensure that NFSv4 Domain
Name: Value to be derived dynamically is displayed. Then, press F2.

26 In the Time Zone dialog box, select the appropriate geographical area, such as Asia, according
to your location. Then, press F2.

CAUTION
Do not select other - offset from GMT or other - specify time zone file. Otherwise, a system
time error may occur.

27 In the Country or Region dialog box, select the appropriate country or region, such as China,
according to your location. Then, press F2.

28 In the Date and Time dialog box, set precise system time. Then, press F2.

CAUTION
In the OS, the system time must be set correctly according to the specified format. Stable system
time is of vital importance to the system. Hence, do not modify the system time while the server
is running.

29 In the Confirm Information dialog box, confirm that the preceding configuration is correct and
press F2.

F-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

30 In the Root Password dialog box, enter the password of the root user twice to set the password.
Then, press F2.
NOTE

Do not forget the password of user root.

31 In the Identify This System dialog box, confirm that the configuration is correct and press
F2.
32 In the Enabling remote services dialog box, select Yes and press F2.
33 In the Solaris Interactive Installation dialog box, press F2 to select the Standard installation.
34 In the Eject a CD/DVD Automatically? dialog box, select Automatically eject CD/DVD to
automatically install the software through the drive. Then, press F2.
35 In the Reboot After Installation? dialog box, select Auto Reboot to set the restart mode to
automatic restart. Then, press F2.
36 In the Solaris Interactive Installation dialog box, press F2 to start initial installation.
37 In the Select Geographic Regions dialog box, press Enter to expand the Asia list. Select
Simplified Chinese EUC, Simplified Chinese GB18030, Simplified Chinese GBK, and
Simplified Chinese UTF-8. Expand the North America list. Select U.S.A.(UTF-8) and U.S.A.
(en_US.ISO8859-1). Then, press F2.
NOTE

The selections in this step determine the languages supported by the Solaris OS to be installed. Use ↑ and
↓ to move the cursor to the selected list. Then, press Enter. The subitems will be displayed. Use ↑ and
↓, or ← and → to move the cursor to the required bracket. Press Enter. If X is displayed in the bracket,
the language is selected.

38 In the Select System Locale dialog box, select POSIX C (C) and press F2.
39 In the Additional Products dialog box, select None and press F2.
40 In the Choose Filesystem Type dialog box, select UFS and press F2.
41 In the Select Software dialog box, select Entire Distribution plus OEM support and press
F2.
42 In the Select Disks dialog box, select all disks and press F2.
43 In the Preserve Data? dialog box, press F2. The data on the disk is not preserved.
44 In the Automatically Layout File Systems? dialog box, press F4 to manually partition disks
and plan the file system.
45 In the File System and Disk Layout dialog box, select the disk to be partitioned, and press
F4 to manually define disk partitions.

CAUTION
Select the disks to be partitioned according to the disk partition plan. For details, see G Planning
Disk Partitions. Assume that you need to partition the c1t0d0 and c1t1d0 disks need to be
partitioned, both disks must be selected during this step; otherwise, the selected disks cannot be
partitioned. It is important that the correct disks are selected because this step cannot be undone.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-11

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l The sector names shown as 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively refer to c1t0d0s0, c1t0d0s1, c1t0d0s3,
c1t0d0s4, c1t0d0s5, c1t0d0s6, and c1t0d0s7. The size of the overlap partition corresponding to the
c1t0d0s2 disk is the same size as the entire disk. Therefore, there is no need to set the size.
l The disk names vary according to device model.

46 In the Select Disk to Customize dialog box, perform the following to partition the selected
disks:
1. Select the first disk. Move the cursor to the line of the c1t0d0 disk and press F4. The
Customize Disk: c1t0d0 dialog box will be displayed.
2. Define the partition and press F2. The Select Disk to Customize dialog box will be
displayed.
3. Select other disks. For details, see the preceding steps for disk partitioning.
NOTE
You do not need to perform this step if the server is equipped with two disks or four disks without any
disk array.

47 In the File System and Disk Layout dialog box, confirm that the disk partition plan is correct
and press F2.
48 In the Mount Remote File Systems? dialog box, press F2 to continue without installing the
distributed file system.
49 In the Profile dialog box, confirm that the preceding configuration is correct and press F2.
NOTE

If the Solaris OS has been installed on the server and the currently planned boot partition is not on the disk
where the original boot partition is located, a warning will indicate that the default boot device changed.
In the Warning dialog box, press F2 to ignore the warning and proceed with the following steps.

50 The duration of the installation process will vary according to the server configuration.
Generally, the installation lasts 60 minutes.
NOTE

During system installation, a progress bar will be displayed.

When the following message is displayed, enter c:

Pausing for 30 seconds at the "Summary" screen. The wizard will continue to the next
step unless you select "Pause". Enter 'p' to pause. Enter 'c' to continue.

The system will continue the installation.

When the following message is displayed, enter c:
Pausing for 90 seconds at the "Reboot" screen. The wizard will continue to the next
step unless you select "Pause". Enter 'p' to pause. Enter 'c' to continue.

The system will restart automatically.

If no operation is performed, the OS will automatically restart after 90 seconds.

CAUTION
After the installation, the DVD-ROM door will automatically open. Take out the disk.

F-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

51 In the Configure Keyboard Layout dialog box that is displayed after system restart, select US-
English. Then, press F2 to complete all configurations and access the Solaris OS.
If login to Solaris OS as user root is possible, Solaris OS is successfully installed. Otherwise,
install the OS again.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the Solaris OS is installed, verify that the system character set is correct, and enable user
root to remotely log in to the system and use the FTP tool.
1. Run the following command to verify that the system character set is correct:
# locale -a

If the following information is included in the command output, the character set of Solaris
OS is correct. Otherwise, reinstall the OS.
C
en_US.UTF-8

2. Enable the root user to remotely log in to the system.

(1) Run the vi command to modify the /etc/default/login file:
# vi /etc/default/login

(2) Add # to the left of CONSOLE=/dev/console to comment out this line. The following
message will be displayed:
¡¡
# If CONSOLE is set, root can only login on that device.
# Comment this line out to allow remote login by root.
#
# CONSOLE=/dev/console
...

(3) Press ESC. Press Shift+;. Enter wq!. Then, press Enter to forcibly save the file and
exit.
3. Enable the root user to use the FTP tool.
(1) Run the vi command to modify the /etc/ftpd/ftpusers file.
(2) Add # to the left of root to comment out this line. The following message will be
displayed:
# ident "@(#)ftpusers 1.5 04/02/20 SMI"
#
# List of users denied access to the FTP server, see ftpusers(4)
#
#root
daemon
bin
sys
...

(3) Press ESC. Press Shift+;. Enter wq!. Then, press Enter to forcibly save the file and
exit.
4. Run the following commands to restart the server:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-13

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

F.3 Installing the Solaris OS Patches

This topic describes how to install the Solaris OS patches. To ensure the reliable system
performance, the huawei_patch_9.0.1 patch must be installed immediately after the Solaris OS
is installed.

Prerequisite
l The installation package for Solaris 10 OS patches is on-hand. The installation package is
U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar.
NOTE

Before you install the OS patches, the DVD-ROM drive of the server will be unavailable. Copy the software
package Solaris10_huawei_patch_9.0.1.tar.gz from the DVD
U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3 to a computer. Then, FTP the software package to
the /opt/patches/sun path of the server in binary mode.
The installation software package must be uploaded to the /opt path of the server in binary
mode through FTP. Run the tar xvf name_of_installation_software_package command to
decompress the installation package.
l The system allows user root to log in remotely and use the FTP tool.

Procedure
1 Log in to the OS through the serial port as user root.

2 Ensure that the disk partitioning of the system is correct.

1. Run the following command to check the disk partitioning of the system:
# format

Partitioned disks and their serial numbers will be displayed.

2. Enter the serial number of a disk to be checked, such as 0, and press Enter. The format
menu will be displayed.
3. Run the partition command and press Enter. The partition menu will be displayed.
4. Run the print command and press Enter. The disk partitioning information will be
displayed.

According to the displayed disk partitioning information, check whether the current disk
partitioning of the system is consistent with the disk partition plan. If they are inconsistent,
reinstall the OS and then partition disks according to the disk partition plan.

A message similar to the following will be displayed:

Part Tag Flag Cylinders Size Blocks
0 root wm 0 - 8243 80.00GB (8244/0/0) 167781888
1 swap wu 8244 - 9892 16.00GB (1649/0/0) 33560448
2 backup wm 0 - 14086 136.71GB (14087/0/0) 286698624
3 unassigned wu 0 0 (0/0/0) 0
4 unassigned wu 0 0 (0/0/0) 0
5 unassigned wu 0 0 (0/0/0) 0
6 usr wm 9893 - 11953 20.00GB (2061/0/0) 41945472
7 var wm 11954 - 14014 20.00GB (2061/0/0) 41945472

F-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches

NOTE

The Part column lists fragments. The Tag column lists the partitions. The Size column lists the
partition sizes.
5. Run the quit command and press Enter to exit the partition menu.
6. Run the quit command and press Enter to exit the format menu.

3 Run the following commands to display the OK prompt:

# sync;sync;sync;sync;
# init 0

NOTE

About 5 to 10 minutes later, the OK prompt will be displayed.

4 Run the following commands to enter the single-user mode:

ok> boot -s

NOTE

About 5 to 10 minutes later, the > prompt will be displayed, indicating the single-use mode.

5 Run the following commands to mount on the file system:

# mountall > /dev/null 2>&1

6 Run the following commands to decompress the Solaris10_huawei_patch_9.0.1.tar.gz file:

# cd /opt/patches/sun
# gzcat Solaris10_huawei_patch_9.0.1.tar.gz | tar xvf -

7 Run the following commands to switch to the path where the QuickSetup.sh file is stored and
then run the QuickSetup.sh file:
# cd /opt/patches/sun/sun
# sh QuickSetup.sh

8 The system will start installing patches. The entire installation process takes about 40 minutes.

The patch installation is complete if the following message is displayed:

Success! <install_all_patches> OK!
*************************************************************************
Setting system parameters
*************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
Restart the operation system
*************************************************************************
Are you sure to restart the operation system right now?<y/n>

Enter y and press Enter.

9 After the system restarts, log in to the OS as user root.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
1. Run the following command to view the patch version of the system:
# uname -rv

Information similar to 5.10 Generic_141414-07 is displayed. Here, 5.10

Generic_141414-07 indicates the patch version of the Solaris 10(10/08) OS.
If the patch version is 5.10 Generic_141414-07, it indicates that the OS patches are
successfully installed. Otherwise, you must reinstall OS patches.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential F-15

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
F Manually Installing the Solaris OS and Its Patches Guide (Solaris)

2. Run the following command to verify that the system character set is correct:
# locale -a

If the following message is displayed, the character set of Solaris OS is correct. Otherwise,
reinstall the OS.
C
en_US.UTF-8

3. If the OceanStor S2600 disk array is used, ensure that the expect plug-in was installed on
the server before configuring the disk array.
(1) Log in to the server OS as user root.
(2) Run the following command to verify that the expect plug-in has been installed:
# which expect

(3) l If the expect plug-in installation path is displayed, the expect plug-in has been
installed and you do not need to run the autoinstall.sh script.
The following is an example path:
/usr/bin/expect

l If the expect plug-in installation path is not displayed, run the autoinstall.sh script
to install the expect plug-in.
a. Run the following commands to go to the installation path of the Solaris patch
and decompress the expect.tar.gz file:
# cd /opt/patches/expect
# gzcat expect.tar.gz | tar xvf -

b. Run the following commands to install the expect plug-in:

# ./autoinstall.sh

4. If the patches are successfully installed, perform the following operations to delete the patch
package to free up disk space:
(1) Run the following commands to delete the OS patch package:
# cd /opt
# rm U2000V100R002C01_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar

(2) Run the following command to delete the OS patch path:

# rm -rf /opt/patches

F-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) G Planning Disk Partitions

G Planning Disk Partitions

This topic describes the disk partitioning scheme that is determined according to the sizes and
quantities of the server hard disks.

Specify the disk partitioning plan before manually installing the OS. This part can be skipped if
the OS is installed with the quick installation DVD because the installation software
automatically partitions disks according to the disk size.

CAUTION
l The second slice represents the total capacity of the hard disk. Do not change it during the
partitioning process. Otherwise, the OS may not function properly.
l Partition 3 and partition 4 are reserved for disk mirroring. During the partitioning process,
do not enter the name or size of the partition.
l The following table lists only the slices for partitioning. In the case of the slices that do not
need to be partitioned, you do not need to enter the associated name or size during the
partitioning process. For example, in the case of 2 x 73 GB disks, do not enter partition
names /usr and /var in the partitioning process.

l The following section provides example disk partitioning schemes for the primary and
secondary sites.
– If a server is equipped with two hard disks, the first hard disk must be partitioned
regardless of whether a disk array is connected. The second hard disk does not require
partitioning because it serves as a mirror disk for the first hard disk. Table G-1 and
Table G-2 show the partitioning scheme for the first hard disk of a two-disk server.

Table G-1 Partitioning scheme for a two-disk server without any disk array

Hard Frag Partition 2 x 300 GB 2 x 146 GB 2 x 73 GB

Disk men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
t (MB) (MB) (MB)

First 0 / 20000 12000 15000

hard
disk 1 swap 16000 8000 6000

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential G-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
G Planning Disk Partitions Guide (Solaris)

Hard Frag Partition 2 x 300 GB 2 x 146 GB 2 x 73 GB

Disk men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
t (MB) (MB) (MB)

5 /opt 120000 65000 29000

6 /var 20000 8000 The /var

partition is not
required.

7 /export/ 1000 1000 The /export/

home home partition
is not required.

Table G-2 Partitioning scheme for a two-disk server with a disk array

Hard Frag Partition 2 x 300 GB 2 x 146 GB 2 x 73 GB

Disk men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
t (MB) (MB) (MB)

First 0 / 30000 30000 15000

hard
disk 1 swap 16000 16000 16000

5 /opt 172000 30000 20000

6 /var 30000 30000 15000

7 /export/ 30000 29000 1000

home

– If a server is equipped with four hard disks and is not connected to any disk array, only
the first hard disk needs to be partitioned. The third and fourth hard disks do not require
partitioning because they serve as mirror disks for the first and second hard disks. Table
G-3 shows the partitioning scheme for the first hard disk of a four-disk server when the
server is not connected to any disk array.

Table G-3 Partitioning scheme for a four-disk server without any disk array

Har Frag Partition 4 x 300 GB 4 x 146 GB 4 x 73 GB

d men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
Dis t (MB) (MB) (MB)
k

First 0 / 50000 12000 15000

hard
disk 1 swap 16000 8000 6000

5 /opt 152000 104000 46000

6 /var 50000 10000 The /var

partition is not
required.

G-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) G Planning Disk Partitions

Har Frag Partition 4 x 300 GB 4 x 146 GB 4 x 73 GB

d men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
Dis t (MB) (MB) (MB)
k

7 /export/ 10000 1000 The /export/

home home partition
is not required.

If a server is equipped with four hard disks and is connected to a disk array, the first
and second hard disks need to be partitioned. The third and fourth hard disks do not
require partitioning because they serve as mirror disks for the first and second hard
disks. Table G-4 shows the partitioning scheme for the first and second hard disks of
a four-disk server when the server is connected to a disk array.

Table G-4 Partitioning scheme for a four-disk server with a disk array

Har Frag Partition 4 x 300 GB 4 x 146 GB 4 x 73 GB

d men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
Dis t (MB) (MB) (MB)
k

First 0 / 132000 50000 20000

hard
disk 1 swap 16000 16000 16000

6 /var 100000 40000 20000

7 /export/ 30000 29000 11000

home

Seco 5 /opt 278000 135000 67000

nd
hard
disk

– If a server is equipped with six hard disks and is not connected to any disk array, only
the first and second hard disks need to be partitioned. The fourth, fifth, and sixth hard
disks do not require partitioning because they serve as mirror disks for the first, second,
and third hard disks. Table G-5 shows the partitioning scheme for the first and second
hard disks of a six-disk server when the server is not connected to any disk array.

Table G-5 Partitioning scheme for a six-disk server without any disk array

Hard Frag Partition 6 x 300 GB 6 x 146 GB 6 x 73 GB

Disk men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
t (MB) (MB) (MB)

First 0 / 50000 20000 12000

hard
disk 1 swap 16000 16000 16000

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential G-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
G Planning Disk Partitions Guide (Solaris)

Hard Frag Partition 6 x 300 GB 6 x 146 GB 6 x 73 GB

Disk men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
t (MB) (MB) (MB)

5 /opt/ 142000 77000 18000

backup

6 /var 50000 20000 20000

7 /export/ 20000 2000 1000

home

Second 5 /opt 278000 135000 67000

hard
disk

If a server is equipped with six hard disks and is connected to a disk array, the first,
second, and third hard disks need to be partitioned. The fourth, fifth, and sixth hard
disks do not require partitioning because they serve as mirror disks for the first, second,
and third hard disks. Table G-6 shows the partitioning scheme for the first, second, and
third hard disks of a six-disk server when the server is connected to a disk array.

Table G-6 Partitioning scheme for a six-disk server with a disk array
Hard Frag Partition 6 x 300 GB 6 x 146 GB 6 x 73 GB
Disk men Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk
t (MB) (MB) (MB)

First 0 / 162000 79000 21000

hard
disk 1 swap 16000 16000 16000

6 /var 100000 40000 30000

Second 5 /opt 278000 135000 67000

hard
disk

Third 7 /export/ 278000 135000 67000

hard home
disk

G-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

H Configuring Disk Arrays

This topic describes how to configure the OceanStor S3100, OceanStor S2600, and StorageTek
2540 disk arrays.
H.1 Configuring the OceanStor S2600 Disk Array by Using the ISM
This topic describes how to configure the OceanStor S2600 disk array using the ISM.
H.2 Configuring the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array Through the Web Browser
This topic describes how to configure the StorageTek 2540 disk array through the Web browser.
H.3 Configuring the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array
This topic describes how to configure the OceanStor S3100 disk array.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

H.1 Configuring the OceanStor S2600 Disk Array by Using

the ISM
This topic describes how to configure the OceanStor S2600 disk array using the ISM.

Prerequisite
l The IP addresses for both controllers of the OceanStor S2600 disk array are configured.
l The primary and secondary power supplies of the disk array have been powered on. For
more information, see 5 Powering On a Server.
l The Window management terminal must communicate properly with the disk array
controller.
l Users are logged in to the ISM from the Windows management terminal by using the
Internet Explorer 6.0, Internet Explorer 7.0, or Internet Explorer 8.0.

Context
NOTE

The ISM software will lock up if an operation is not performed within 10 minutes after login. Enter the
password again to log in if lock up occurs.
You need to respectively configure the disk arrays on the primary site and secondary site. The following
takes the configuration of the disk array on the primary site as an example.
The following table shows the configuration requirements on the OceanStor S2600 disk array.

CAUTION
The following requirements are for the OceanStor S2600 (6 x 300 GB) disk arrays only. A
OceanStor S2600 disk array (6 x 300 GB) is equipped with six hard disks, each of which is 300
GB in size. If the selected disk arrays are not the OceanStor S2600 disk arrays (6 x 300 GB),
contact Huawei engineers for details about how to configure the disk arrays.

Configure Settings
Item

Hot-spare The sixth disk is designated as the global hot-spare disk.

disk

Host group Set the host group name to HostGroup001.

and host Set the host name to . For the primary site, the host name is set to
Primaster; for the secondary site, the host name is set to Secmaster.

RAID group l Set the RAID group name to RAID001.

l Set the RAID Level to RAID5.
l Set the disk type to SAS.
l The first five disks serve as the RAID group.

H-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

Configure Settings
Item

LUN Configure one LUN as follows:

l LUN information
– Name: LUN001
– Capacity: 1000 GB
– Stripe unit size: 32 KB
– Home controller: controller A
l Cache strategy
– Prefetch strategy: intelligent
– Write strategy: write back (mirroring)
l Mapping mode
Mapping object: host group name HostGroup001

Port l Set the type to FC.

l Set the name associated with the first identifier to port1.
l Set the name associated with the second identifier to port2.

Procedure
1 Log in to the ISM.
1. Open the Internet Explorer on the Windows management terminal.
2. Enter http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX in the address bar of the Internet Explorer (where
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX indicates the IP address of the management network port of the
storage array controller). Such as http://129.9.1.10.
NOTE

If "The page cannot be displayed" is displayed on the Internet Explorer, the Windows management
terminal and the disk array controller fail to communicate with each other. Check the network
connection.

The system will navigate to the default login window of the ISM, as shown in the following
figure.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

3. Click Click Here to Launch OceanStor ISM. The system will check whether the ISM is
installed on the Windows management terminal.

CAUTION
l Before installing the ISM, install the Java runtime environment (JRE). The JRE version
must be 1.5.0 or later (excluding version 1.5.0.16). In the CLI, run the java -version
command to view the JRE version. If the JRE is not installed, click Please Setup
JRE.
l Do not use JRE 1.5.0.16. Downloading the ISM may fail due to the bugs in JRE 1.5.0.16.

If the ISM is not installed on the Windows management terminal, the system will
automatically download and install the ISM by means of the Java web start (JWS). If the
ISM is installed on the Windows management terminal, the system will automatically check
the software version. If the version of the ISM is not the latest version, the system will
automatically upgrade the software to the latest version.
4. In the Warning - Security dialog box, select Always trust content from this publisher
and click Run.
5. Decide whether or not to create an ISM shortcut on the desktop and in the Start menu.
The system will open the login window of the ISM, as shown in the following figure.

H-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

6. Select the required language from the Language drop-down list. Then, enter the user name
in User Name and the user password in Password.
NOTE

l A disk array can be discovered only when the entered user name and password are the same as
those of the disk array.
l The default user name and password for logging in to the ISM are admin and 123456. After
login, change the password immediately and keep the password confidential.
7. Click Login to access the Welcome window, as shown in the following figure:

2 Discover disk arrays.

1. In the Welcome window of the ISM, click Discover array.
The Discover array dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the following figure.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-5

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

2. Select a mode for discovering disk arrays according to the conditions at your site. Table
H-1 describes the parameters for discovering disk arrays.

Table H-1 Parameters for discovering disk arrays

Parameter Description

Specify IP Address Indicates that disk arrays are discovered according to the IP
address of the management network port on the specified disk
array.
When you specify the IP address, the first field on the left ranges
from 1 to 223 (except 127), the last field ranges from 1 to 254,
and the other fields range from 0 to 255.

Specify IP Address Indicates that disk arrays are discovered according to the IP
Range address segment of the management network port on the specified
disk array. Start IP Address and End IP Address indicate the
start IP address and end IP address of disk arrays to be discovered.
When setting this parameter, pay attention to the following points:
l The discovery range is the IP subnet segment of the ISM client.
l The first field on the left ranges from 1 to 223 (except 127),
the last field ranges from 1 to 254, and the other fields range
from 0 to 255.
l The start IP address must be smaller than or equal to the end
IP address.

Same Subnet Indicates that the discovery range is the IP subnet segment of the
ISM client. This mode is the default discovery mode of the system.

3. Click OK. After disk arrays are discovered, the Info dialog box will be displayed,
prompting an operation success.

H-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

4. Click OK. The Warning dialog box will be displayed.

3 Initialize the configuration.

1. In the Warning dialog box, click OK to initialize the disk array.
The Initial Configuration dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the following figure.

2. Select the disk array to be configured and click Initial Configuration. The Initial
Configuration Wizard: Welcome dialog box will be displayed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-7

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

3. Click Next. The Initial Configuration Wizard: Modify Array dialog box will be
displayed.

4. Enter the name of the disk array in the Name text box and the location information in the
Location text box. Table H-2 describes the parameters for modifying a disk array.

H-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

Table H-2 Parameters for modifying a disk array

Parameter Description

Name Specifies the name of the OceanStor S2600 disk array to be

configured. When setting this parameter, note that:
l This parameter contains only the characters and numerals in
DBC case, underscores (_), en-dash symbols (-), and
simplified Chinese characters.
l This parameter consists of 1 to 32 characters. A Chinese
character counts for two DBC characters.

Location Specifies the location of the OceanStor S2600 disk array to be

configured. When setting this parameter, note that:
l This parameter contains only the characters and numerals in
DBC case, underscores (_), en-dash symbols (-), and
simplified Chinese characters.
l This parameter consists of 1 to 32 characters. A Chinese
character counts for two DBC characters.

5. Click Next. The Initial Configuration Wizard: Modify Array Clock dialog box will be
displayed.

6. Select the required date and time, and then click Next. The Initial Configuration Wizard:
Modify User Password dialog box will be displayed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-9

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

7. Change the login password of the user. Table H-3 describes the parameters for changing
the user password.

Table H-3 Parameters for changing the user password

Parameter Description

Old Password Specifies the original password. The default password is 123456.

New Password Specifies the new password. It ranges from 6 to 16 characters.

Confirm Confirms the new password. When setting this parameter, pay
Password attention to the following points:
l This parameter ranges from 6 to 16 characters.
l This parameter value must be the same as the value of New
Password.

8. Click Next. The Initial Configuration Wizard: Modify FC Host Port dialog box will be
displayed.
NOTE

Click Modify Speed if the port rate needs to be changed. The default rate of an online port is 4 Gbit/
s.

H-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

9. Click Finish to complete the initial configuration.

10. Click Close to exit.
4 Configure the hot-spare disk.
1. Click the Physical View tab in the navigation tree, and then select the OceanStor S2600
disk array to be configured.
2. Choose Configuration > Hot-Spare Disk Management from the main menu. The Hot-
Spare Disk Management dialog box will be displayed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-11

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

3. Select disk location (00,05) from the free disk list and click the third button ( ) in the
middle portion of the dialog box to add the selected disk to the hot spare disk list.

H-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

4. Click OK to close the Hot-Spare Disk Management dialog box. Click OK in the
Warning dialog box. Then, click OK in the Info dialog box.
5 Create a host group and host.
1. Choose Logical View from the navigation tree and select the OceanStor S2600 disk array
to be configured.
2. Choose Configuration > Create Host Group from the main menu. The Create Host
Group dialog box will be displayed.

3. Select Solaris, and then click OK.

The Info dialog box is displayed indicating that the operation was completed.
NOTE

In this step, the selected OS corresponds to the OS of the server connected to the disk array.
4. Click OK to complete creating the host group.
5. Choose the host group from the navigation tree, and then choose Configuration > Create
Host from the main menu. The Create Host dialog box will be displayed.

6. Enter the host name and click OK to continue.

TIP

It is recommended to enter the host name of the server connected to the disk array so that the host
name is easy to remember.
The Info dialog box will be displayed indicating that the operation was completed.
7. Click OK to complete creating the host.
6 Create a RAID group.
1. Choose Logical View from the navigation tree and select the OceanStor S2600 disk array
to be configured.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-13

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

2. Choose Configuration > Create RAID Group from the main menu. In the Create RAID
Group dialog box, modify the settings, as shown in the following figure.

3. Click OK. The Info dialog box will be displayed indicating that the operation was
completed.
4. Click OK. Creation of the RAID group is completed.
7 Create Lun001.
1. Click the Logical View tab in the navigation tree and select the RAID group where the new
Lun001 locates.
2. Choose Configuration > Create LUN from the main menu. The Create LUN Step 5-1:
RAID Group Information dialog box will be displayed.

H-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

3. Click Next. The Create LUN Step 5-2: Type LUN Information dialog box will be
displayed.
Configure the settings as shown in the following figure.

4. Click Next. The Create LUN Step 5-3: Select Cache Strategy dialog box will be
displayed.
Configure the settings as shown in the following figure.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-15

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

5. Click Next. The Create LUN Step 5-4: Select Mapping Mode dialog box will be
displayed.
Configure the settings as shown in the following figure.

6. Click Next. The Create LUN Step 5-5: Confirm dialog box will be displayed.
Configure the settings as shown in the following figure.

H-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

7. Click Finish. The Info dialog box will be displayed indicating that the operation was
completed.
8. Click OK. Creation of Lun001 is complete.
8 Add a port.
1. Choose Host from the navigation tree, and then choose Configuration > Host Port
Management from the main menu. The Port Management dialog box will be displayed.

2. Click Add. The Add Port dialog box will be displayed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-17

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

3. Select the first available option from the WWN drop-down list, enter port1 in Name, and
then click Apply. In the dialog box that will be displayed, click OK.
4. Click Add again. The Add Port dialog box will be displayed.
5. Enter port2 in the Name text box, and click OK. In the dialog box that will be displayed,
click OK.

9 Check the connection of the fiber card.

1. Log in to the server OS as user root.
2. Run the following command to check the connection status of the port on the fiber card:
# luxadm -e port

NOTE

In the preceding command, port ID indicates the ports through which the disk array connects to the
server.
You can run the lssci command to query port IDs. the first column in the returned message displays
the port IDs of the fiber card. For example, run the following command:
The following message will be displayed:

[0:0:0:0] disk IBM-ESXS CBRBA146C3ETSO N C49B -

[0:0:1:0] disk IBM-ESXS CBRBA146C3ETSO N C49B -
[0:1:0:0] disk LSTLOGIC Logical Volume 3000 /dev/sda
[3:0:0:0] disk HUAWEI S2600 1 /dev/sdb
[4:0:0:0] disk HUAWEI S2600 1 /dev/sdc
Find the last two lines containing S2600 in the fourth column. Information in the first columns
([3:0:0:0] and [4:0:0:0]) indicates that the S2600 disk array connects to the server through port 3
and port 4.
The following message will be displayed:
/devices/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1/fp@0,0:devctl CONNECTED
/devices/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1,1/fp@0,0:devctl
CONNECTED

NOTE

If the fiber card is not in the CONNECTED state, check and ensure the following aspect:
l The fiber is properly connected to the optical module.
l There is not any damage to the fiber.
l The optical module is properly connected to the fiber card.
l The indicator of the fiber card is functioning properly.

H-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

3. Run the following commands to restart the OS of the server and refresh the disk status:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

4. Run the following command to scan the LUN that maps the OceanStor S2600 disk array:
# format
The following message will be displayed:
Searching for disks...done

c1t2200662233556653d0: configured with capacity of 999.97GB

c2t2210662233556653d0: configured with capacity of 999.97GB

AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:

0. c0t0d0 <SUN72G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 424>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@0,0
1. c0t1d0 <SEAGATE-ST973402SSUN72G-0400 cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 424>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@1,0
2. c1t2200662233556653d0 <HUAWEI-S2600-1 cyl 19198 alt 2 hd 64 sec 256>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1/fp@0,0/
ssd@w2200662233556653,0
3. c2t2210662233556653d0 <HUAWEI-S2600-1 cyl 19198 alt 2 hd 64 sec 256>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1,1/fp@0,0/
ssd@w2210662233556653,0
Specify disk (enter its number):

NOTE

l The displayed disk size varies according to the actual size of the disk.
l The disk identified with < HUAWEI-S2600-1 .... > indicates the LUN that maps the
OceanStor S2600 disk array.
l The scanned number of disks is the product of: the number of local disks, the number of LUNs
that map the OceanStor S2600 disk array, and the number of fiber paths. After the MPxIO
multipathing is enabled, the number of disks scanned by the format command is equal to the
number of LUNs that map the OceanStor S2600 disk array.
l If the disks that map the OceanStor S2600 disk array fail to be scanned, run the devfsadm -C
command first and the format command to scan the required disks. If the disks still cannot be
scanned, ensure that the fiber is properly connected.

----End

H.2 Configuring the StorageTek 2540 Disk Array Through

the Web Browser
This topic describes how to configure the StorageTek 2540 disk array through the Web browser.

Prerequisite
l The cables between the server and the disk array are connected properly.
l The IP addresses for both controllers of the StorageTek 2540 disk array are configured.
l The OS of the server is installed.
l The U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3 or installation package
U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar are on-hand. The DVD or installation
package contains the StorageTek 2540 disk array manager.
The installation software package must be uploaded to the /tmp path of the server in binary
mode through FTP. Run the tar xvf name_of_installation_software_package command to
decompress the installation package.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-19

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

Context
The /tmp path is the temporary system path. After restart, the system will automatically clear
the files in the /tmp path.

NOTE

Configure disk arrays separately at the primary and secondary sites. The following uses the configuration
of the disk array at the primary site as an example.
The following table describes the configuration requirements on the StorageTek 2540 disk array.

Configure Settings
Item

RAID group The first five disks serve as the RAID group named RAID5.

LUN Configure one LUN and name it disk1; set the capacity to 1000 GB.

Hot-spare The sixth disk is designated as the global hot-spare disk.

disk

Procedure
1 Install the StorageTek 2540 disk array manager CAM on the server.
1. Log in to the OS of the server as user root.
2. To navigate to the directory of the installation files, perform the following operations:

If the disk array manager was installed by using an installation DVD, perform the following
operations:
a. Insert U2000version_server_patch_solaris_SPARC_dvd3 into the DVD-ROM drive.
b. Run the following command to navigate to the /tmp path:
# cd /tmp

c. Run the following command to copy the files from the /cdrom/cdrom0/patches
directory to the /tmp path:
# cp -r /cdrom/cdrom0/patches /tmp

d. Run the following command to navigate to the /tmp/patches/sun directory where the
installation files are saved:
# cd /tmp/patches/sun

If the disk array manager was installed by using an installation package, perform the
following operations:
a. Run the following command to navigate to the /tmp path:
# cd /tmp

b. Run the following tar command to decompress the installation package:

# tar xvf U2000version_server_ospatch_solaris_SPARC.tar

c. Run the following command to navigate to the /tmp/patches/sun directory where the
installation files are saved:
# cd /tmp/patches/sun

3. Run the following command to decompress the CAM installation file:

# gzcat host_sw_solaris_6.6.0.11.tar.gz | tar xf -

4. Run the following commands to install the CAM software:

H-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

# cd /tmp/patches/sun/HostSoftwareCD_6.6.0.11
# ./RunMe.bin -c
Follow the screen prompts and proceed with the installation of the StorageTek 2540 disk
array manager.
NOTE

l During the installation, enter 1 and select I accept the terms of the license agreement in the license
agreement window, and press Enter in the other windows.
l During the CAM installation, some OS patches may fail to be installed, but the failure does not affect
the use of the CAM software; therefore, you can ignore these occurrences.
5. Run the following commands to enable the Internet Explorer login rights of other IP
addresses:
# svccfg -s svc:/system/webconsole:console setprop options/local=false
# svccfg -s svc:/system/webconsole setprop options/tcp_listen=true
# svcadm restart svc:/system/webconsole

NOTE
Run the netstat -an | grep 6789 command to verify that the login rights of other IP addresses are enabled.
Information similar to the following will be displayed if rights are enabled. If no, run the preceding
commands again.
*.6789 *.* 0 0 49152 0 LISTEN

2 Start the disk array manager.

1. Log in to the OS of the Windows management terminal as an administrator.
2. Open the IE, enter the local IP address of the management terminal in the Address bar, and
then press Enter. The IP address is in an https://127.0.0.1:6789/.
NOTE

You can also access the management terminal where the disk array manager is installed by using the
IE on other Windows management terminals. In this scenario, enter the actual IP address of the
management terminal where the disk array manager is installed.
3. The Security Alert dialog box is displayed. Click Yes.
4. In the login window, enter the user name and password, for example, root, and click Log
In.
NOTE
If the security warning information is displayed, click Confirm.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-21

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

3 Configure the StorageTek 2540 disk array by using the disk array manager.
1. On Java Web console, click Sun Storage Tek(TM) Common Array Manager in
Storage.

2. In the Common Array Manager, choose General Configuration from the navigation tree
to set the station information. Then, click Save and Continue Setup.

H-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

3. Choose General Configuration > Auto Service Request (ASR) Setup from the
navigation tree and click Decline in the Auto Service Request (ASR) Setup window.

4. Choose Storage Systems from the navigation tree and click Register.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-23

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

5. In the Register Storage System window, select Enter IP address or hostname, enter the
IP address of disk array controller A in the address bar, and then click Next.

6. View the storage system list, select the system that you want to register right now, and click
Finish.

H-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

7. The system will display a progress bar. After the registration is complete, click Close.

8. Under Storage Systems in the navigation tree, select the disk system to be configured and
click Install Firmware Baseline.

9. In the Analyze and Install Array Firmware Baseline window, click Next.
10. Analyze the firmware of the storage system and click Next.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-25

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l If the components are not at the baseline (Health is displayed as Degraded), select Install
baseline, All in Storage Systems (1).
l If the components are at the baseline (Health is displayed as OK), select Do not install
baseline in Storage Systems (1).
l Options vary with CAM software versions. Select the appropriate option according to the
conditions at your site.

11. Verify the array password and click Next.

12. View the current selection and click Finish to install the specified firmware. After the
installation is complete, click Close.
13. Select the storage system to be set from the navigation tree and set the detailed information
in Administration. Then, click Save.

H-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

NOTE

l Set Array Hot-Spares to 1.

l Set Default Host Type to Solaris ( with Veritas DMP or other).
l Use default values for other parameters.

14. In the storage system to be configured, choose unamed > Physical Device > Disks. Then,
on the Disk Summary on Storage System unlabeled tab page, click the name of the last
disk.
15. On the Disk Details tab page, click Assign Hot-Standby Disk. The Succeeded in
operating the hot-standby disk message will be displayed.
16. In the storage system to be set, choose Physical Device > Disks from the navigation tree.
In the Role column, ensure that the disk for hot backup has been allocated.
NOTE
Repeat 3.14 to 3.15 to set and save the information again if a disk for hot backup has not been allocated.

17. Delete the default mapping. In the navigation tree on the left, choose Storage Systems >
unnamed > Mappings. Select the existing mapping Access and click Delete.
18. In the storage system to be configured, choose Profiles and click New.
19. Configure the configuration file and click Confirm.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-27

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l Set Storage Profile to NMS_Profile.

l Set Raid Level to Raid5.
l Set Segment Size to 512KB.
l Set No. of Disks to 5.
l Set Disk Type to SAS.
20. In the storage system to be set, choose Pools from the navigation tree and click New.

21. Set the storage pool and click OK to complete the settings.
NOTE

l Set Name to NMSPool.

l Set Storage Profile to NMS_Profile.

H-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

22. Create a volume. In the storage system to be set, choose Volumes from the navigation tree
and click New.

23. Select Use Existing Storage Pool, select the storage pool NMSPool, and then click
Next.

24. Set the storage characteristics. Specifically, select Storage Selected Automatically by
CAM and click Next.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-29

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

25. Configure the volume.

NOTE

l Set the volume name to disk1.

l Set the number of volumes to be created to 1.
l Set the size of the volume to 1000 GB.
l Set the controller to Any.

26. Select mapping. Specifically, select Map to an Existing Host/Host Group or the Default
Storage Domain and click Next.

H-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

27. Select the host or host group. Specifically, select Default Storage Domain and click
Next.

28. Check the settings and click Finish.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-31

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

29. View the progress of the current job. Specifically, choose Jobs > Current Job to view the
progress of the current job and wait until it is completed.

4 Update disk information.

1. Run the following command to view connections to the ports of the fiber cards:
# luxadm -e port

The following message will be displayed:

/devices/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1/fp@0,0:devctl CONNECTED
/devices/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1,1/fp@0,0:devctl
CONNECTED

NOTE
If the fiber card is not in the CONNECTED state, check and ensure the following items:
l The fiber is properly connected to the optical module.
l There is not any damage to the fiber.
l The optical module is properly connected to the fiber card.
l The indicator of the fiber card is functioning properly.
2. Run the following commands to update the disk information:
# devfsadm -C
# devfsadm

3. Run the following command to check the disk information:

# format

H-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

The following message will be displayed:

Searching for disks...done

c3t2d0: configured with capacity of 999.99GB

c3t2d1: configured with capacity of 999.99GB

AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:

0. c0t0d0 <SUN72G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 424>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@0,0
1. c0t1d0 <SEAGATE-ST973402SSUN72G-0400 cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 424>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@1,0
2. c3t2d0 <SUN-LCSM100_F-0670 cyl 38398 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1/fp@0,0/
ssd@w202300a0b85a4d21,0
3. c3t2d1 <SUN-LCSM100_F-0670 cyl 38398 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1/fp@0,0/
ssd@w202300a0b85a4d21,1
Specify disk (enter its number):

NOTE

l SUN-LCSM100_F indicates the new volumes that are configured for the StorageTek 2540 disk array.
l If two controllers are properly connected to the server, the information about the volumes of the two
StorageTek 2540 disk arrays will be displayed. Otherwise, check the connections of the disk arrays
and run the reboot -- -r command to restart the server.

5 Label the unlabeled disks.

1. Select the disk to be labeled.
The following message will be displayed:
selecting c1t600A0B80005A4D2100000E6D4AFB1E2Cd0
[disk formatted]
Disk not labeled. Label it now?

2. Enter y to label the disk.

The following message will be displayed:
FORMAT MENU:
disk - select a disk
type - select (define) a disk type
partition - select (define) a partition table
current - describe the current disk
format - format and analyze the disk
repair - repair a defective sector
label - write label to the disk
analyze - surface analysis
defect - defect list management
backup - search for backup labels
verify - read and display labels
save - save new disk/partition definitions
inquiry - show vendor, product and revision
volname - set 8-character volume name
!<cmd> - execute <cmd>, then return
quit
format>

3. Enter disk.
The following message will be displayed:
AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:
0. c0t0d0 <SUN72G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 424>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@0,0
1. c0t1d0 <SEAGATE-ST973402SSUN72G-0400 cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 424>
/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/scsi@1/sd@1,0
2. c1t600A0B80005A4D2100000E6D4AFB1E2Cd0 <SUN-LCSM100_F-0670 cyl 38398

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-33

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>

/scsi_vhci/ssd@g600a0b80005a4d2100000e6d4afb1e2c
Specify disk (enter its number):

4. Repeat 5.1 to 5.3 for the other unlabeled disks.

5. Press Ctrl+D to exit.

----End

H.3 Configuring the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array

This topic describes how to configure the OceanStor S3100 disk array.
H.3.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array
This topic describes how to configure the SC IP address of the OceanStor S3100 disk array.
H.3.2 Using the Manager Suite to Configure the OceanStor S3100 Disk Array
This topic describes how to use the Manager Suite to configure the OceanStor S3100 disk array.

H.3.1 Configuring the SC IP Address of the OceanStor S3100 Disk

Array
This topic describes how to configure the SC IP address of the OceanStor S3100 disk array.

Prerequisite
l The controller IP addresses are obtained.
l The power cable of the disk array is connected.

Context
Each disk array OceanStor S3100 has two controllers that need to be configured separately.

Procedure
1 Connect the computer and controller A of the disk array physically.
Use a serial port cable (DB9-PS/2) to connect the serial port of the local controller to the serial
port of the disk array (SERIAL MGT).
Use an PS/2 connector at one end of the serial port cable to connect to the serial port of the disk
array (SERIAL MGT) and a DB-9 connector at the other end of the cable to connect to the serial
port of the computer (COM1 or COM2).

H-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

Figure H-1 Connections between the controllers of the OceanStor S3100 disk array

2 Set up a logical connection between the computer and controller A.

1. Start the computer and enter Windows OS.
2. Choose start > Programs (P) > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.
3. In the Connection Description dialog box, enter the name of the new connection, such as
NMS, and click OK.
4. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the serial port of the computer that is used to
connect to the disk array, such as COM1, and click OK.
5. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the attributes of the serial port as follows:
l Bits per second: 9600 bps
l Data bit: 8 bit
l Parity check: none
l Stop bit: 1 bit
l Data flow control: none
6. Click OK.
3 Configure the IP address of the network interface of controller A of the disk array on the local
console.
NOTE
One OceanStor S3100 disk array has two controllers. You need to configure them separately.
1. Send a break signal from the computer by pressing Ctrl+Pause Break.
2. Press ESC within five seconds according to the prompt to access the shell login window.
3. Enter infiniti as the password and press Enter. If a dialog box shown in the following figure
is displayed, it indicates that the login to the configuration shell of the controller succeeds.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-35

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

4. At the prompt, enter netCfgShow and press Enter. The information about the configuration
network interface of the controller that you have logged in to is displayed.

5. At the prompt, enter netCfgSet.

The following message will be displayed:

NOTE
There are three subcolumns in the CURRENT NETWORK CONFIGURATION column.
l The first subcolumn displays the name of the information about this row.
l The second subcolumn displays the current values.
l The third subcolumn displays a flashing cursor.

H-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

6. Enter information about the network card to be modified at the flashing cursor, which
includes the IP address, gateway, and subnet mask of the network card.
NOTE

l Select a network interface of the controller for configuration according to the actual connection
condition. The following takes the configuration of if0 as an example.
l If there is no special requirement, keep the default settings of the other network interface of the
controller unchanged.
l If you press Enter, the current values in the second subcolumn remain unchanged. If you enter
the desired characters and then press Enter, the values in the second subcolumn are changed to
the new values.
l If you need to restore a value to the default factory setting, enter ..
l if0 indicates to network interface 1 of the disk array; if1 indicates network interface 2 of the disk
array. Generally, it is recommended that you use network interface 1. You need to set only IP
Address if0, Subnet Mask if0, and Gateway IP Address rather than My Host Name, Server
Host Name, Server IP Address, Network Init Flags, User Name, and User Password.

The following message will be displayed:

NOTE

Here, Network Configuration successfully written to NVSRAM indicates that the modification is
successful.

4 Disconnect the serial port cable from controller A.

1. On the computer, exit the HyperTerminal software.
2. Remove the serial port cable on the disk array.

5 Repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to configure the network port of controller B.

1. Establish a physical connection between the computer and controller B.
2. Establish a logical connection between the computer and controller B.
3. Configure the IP address of the network interface of controller B on the local console.
4. Disconnect the serial port from controller B.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-37

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

H.3.2 Using the Manager Suite to Configure the OceanStor S3100

Disk Array
This topic describes how to use the Manager Suite to configure the OceanStor S3100 disk array.

Prerequisite
l The cables between the server and the disk array are connected properly.
l The IP addresses for both controllers of the OceanStor S3100 disk array are configured.
l The OS of the server is installed.
l Before installing the Manager Suite, ensure that there is at least 140 MB of remaining hard
disk space for full installation.

Context
NOTE

Configure disk arrays separately at the primary and secondary sites. The following uses the configuration
of the disk array at the primary site as an example.
The following table describes the configuration requirements on the OceanStor S3100 disk array.

Configure Settings
Item

RAID group The first five disks serve as the RAID group named RAID5.

LUN Configure one LUN and name it disk1; set the capacity to 500 GB.

Hot-spare The sixth disk is designated as the global hot-spare disk.

disk

Procedure
1 Install the Manager Suite.
1. Log in to the server as user root.
2. Insert the OceanStor Manager Suite 9.19 for S3000/S6000 installation DVD or prepare
the SMruntime-SOL.pkg, SMclient-SOL.pkg, and SMutil-SOL.pkg installation
packages.
NOTE

When uploading the installation packages by means of FTP, run the following commands to enable
the FTP rights of user root:
# sed "/^root/s//#root/g" /etc/ftpd/ftpusers > /tmp/ftpusers
# cp /tmp/ftpusers /etc/ftpd/ftpusers
Upload the installation packages to the /tmp path in binary mode.
3. In the terminal window, run the following command to go to the destination directory:
# cd /cdrom/cdrom0/Solaris/native

NOTE

When installing from the hard disk, run the following command to go to the destination directory:
# cd /tmp

H-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

4. Run the following commands to install the Manager Suite. Follow the screen prompts and
determine the appropriate action specific to site scenarios:
# pkgadd -d /tmp/SMruntime-SOL.pkg SMruntime
# pkgadd -d /tmp/SMutil-SOL.pkg SMutil
# pkgadd -d /tmp/SMclient-SOL.pkg SMclient

Installation of the Manager Suite is complete.

5. Run the following commands to check the installation of the Manager Suite:
# pkginfo -l SMruntime
# pkginfo -l SMutil
# pkginfo -l SMclient

The Manager Suite was successfully installed if the information about the corresponding
installation package is displayed after each command is run. Otherwise, perform the
following to reinstall the Manager Suite:
a. Uninstall the Manager Suite.
1) Run the following command:
# pkgrm SMutil

2) Enter y.
3) Run the following command:
# pkgrm SMclient

4) Enter y.
5) Enter y.
6) Run the following command:
# pkgrm SMruntime

7) Enter y.
b. Reinstall the Manager Suite.
2 Log in to the server as user root through the GUI.
3 Use the Manager Suite to configure the OceanStor S3100 disk array.
1. In the terminal window, enter SMclient to start the Manager Suite.

2. Click . In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the IP addresses of controller A and
controller B to log in to the local console.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-39

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

NOTE
The IP addresses in the preceding figure are used as examples. Enter an appropriate IP address
according to the conditions at your site. Before entering the IP addresses, ensure that you can ping
through the IP addresses. Enter the IP addresses and click Add to add the disk array to the Manager
Suite.

3. Double-click the storage equipment. The storage equipment management window will be
displayed.

H-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

4. Usually, a new disk array has disk RAID0. The system automatically creates disk RAID0
by using a hard disk. Disk RAID0 has a volume of 0.01 GB. Right-click the volume group
and choose Delete from the shortcut menu.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-41

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

5. Enter yes and click OK to delete the volume group.

H-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

6. Right-click Total Unconfigured Capacity and choose Create Volume from the shortcut
menu.

7. Click Next to open the dialog box for creating the volume group. Set the parameters as
follows:
l RAID level: RAID 5 (minimum 3 drives)
l Drives selection choices: Manual-select drives to obtain volume group capacity

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-43

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

8. Select five disks from Unselection drives in the left pane and add them to Selection
drives in the right pane, as shown in the following figure.

H-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

9. Click Calculate Capacity.

10. Click Next>. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
11. Set the volume as follows:
l New volume capacity: 500 GB
l Name (30 characters maximum): disk1
l Advanced volume parameters: Use recommended settings

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-45

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

12. Click Next.

13. Click the Default mapping option button and set Host type (operating system) to solaris
(with Veritas DMP).

H-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

14. Click Finish.

The following dialog box will be displayed indicating that volume disk 1 has been created.

15. Click No.

The S3100 - Completed (Create Volume) dialog box will be displayed.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-47

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

16. Click OK.

17. Right-click the sixth disk and choose Hot Spare Coverage from the shortcut menu, as
shown in the following figure.

H-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

18. Click the Manually assign individual drives option button, and click OK.
Configuring the hot-spare disk was successful if a red cross is displayed below the hard
disk icon.

19. Click the Mappings View tab.

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-49

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

20. In the Mapping start-up Help dialog box, click Close.

21. Optional: If there is a volume named Access in the right pane, right-click the volume and
choose Remove Mapping from the shortcut menu to delete the volume. The configuration
is complete.

4 Configure the LUN that maps disk array S3100 on the server.
1. Check the connection of the HBA card.

H-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

a. Run the following command to check the connection of the port on the HBA card:
# luxadm -e port

The following message will be displayed:

/devices/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1/fp@0,0:devctl
CONNECTED
/devices/pci@0,600000/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0,1/SUNW,qlc@1,1/fp@0,0:devctl
CONNECTED

NOTE

If the HBA card does not work in the connected state, check and ensure the following items:
l The fiber is properly connected to the optical module.
l There is not any damage to the fiber.
l The optical module is properly connected to the HBA card.
l The indicator of the HBA card is functioning properly.
b. Run the following commands to restart the OS of the server and refresh the disk status:
# sync;sync;sync;sync
# shutdown -y -g0 -i6

c. Run the following command to scan the LUNs that map the S3100 disk array:
# format

The following message will be displayed:

Searching for disks...done

c2t5d0: configured with capacity of 349.99GB

c2t5d1: configured with capacity of 349.99GB

AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:

0. c1t0d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@0,0
1. c1t1d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@1,0
2. c1t2d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@2,0
3. c1t3d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@3,0
4. c2t5d0 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@9/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200500a0b8423e19,0
5. c2t5d1 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@9/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200500a0b8423e19,1
6. c3t1d0 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@a/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200400a0b8423e19,0
7. c3t1d1 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@a/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200400a0b8423e19,1
Specify disk (enter its number):

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-51

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
H Configuring Disk Arrays Guide (Solaris)

NOTE

l The displayed disk size varies according to the actual size of the disk.
l The disks identified with <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 .... > are the LUNs that map the
S3100 disk array.
l The scanned number of disks is the product of: the number of local disks, the number of
LUNs that map the S3100 disk array, and the number of fiber paths. After the MPxIO
multipathing is enabled, the number of disks scanned by the format command is equal to
the number of LUNs that map the S3100 disk array.
l If the disks that map the S3100 disk array fail to be scanned, run the devfsadm -C command
first, and the format command to scan the required disks. If the disks still cannot be
scanned, ensure that the fiber is properly connected.
l Press Ctrl+D to exit.

5 Label the required disks.

1. Select the disk to be labeled.
NOTE

The disk is not labeled if the message "Searching for disks...done" is displayed. In this case, enter the
corresponding disk number. For example, enter 4 when the c2t5d0 disk needs to be labeled. The following
uses the c2t5d0 disk as an example.
c2t5d0: configured with capacity of 349.99GB
c2t5d1: configured with capacity of 349.99GB

The following message will be displayed:

Specify disk (enter its number): 4
selecting c2t5d0
[disk formatted]
Disk not labeled. Label it now?

2. Enter y to label the disk.

The following message will be displayed:
FORMAT MENU:
disk - select a disk
type - select (define) a disk type
partition - select (define) a partition table
current - describe the current disk
format - format and analyze the disk
repair - repair a defective sector
label - write label to the disk
analyze - surface analysis
defect - defect list management
backup - search for backup labels
verify - read and display labels
save - save new disk/partition definitions
inquiry - show vendor, product and revision
volname - set 8-character volume name
!<cmd> - execute <cmd>, then return
quit
format>

3. Enter disk.
The following message will be displayed:
AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:
0. c1t0d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@0,0
1. c1t1d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@1,0
2. c1t2d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@2,0
3. c1t3d0 <SUN146G cyl 14087 alt 2 hd 24 sec 848>

H-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) H Configuring Disk Arrays

/pci@0/pci@0/pci@2/scsi@0/sd@3,0
4. c2t5d0 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@9/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200500a0b8423e19,0
5. c2t5d1 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@9/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200500a0b8423e19,1
6. c3t1d0 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@a/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200400a0b8423e19,0
7. c3t1d1 <ENGENIO-INF-01-00-0619 cyl 51198 alt 2 hd 128 sec 64>
/pci@0/pci@0/pci@8/pci@0/pci@a/SUNW,qlc@0/fp@0,0/
ssd@w200400a0b8423e19,1
Specify disk (enter its number):

4. Perform 5.1 to 5.3 to label the rest of the disks.

5. Press Ctrl+D to exit.

----End

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential H-53

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) I Acronyms

I Acronyms

A
ACL Access Control List
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange

C
CD-ROM Compact Disc-Read Only Memory
CPU Central Processing Unit

D
DC Data Center
DCN Data Communication Network
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

E
ESN Equipment Serial Number

F
FTP File Transfer Protocol

I
ID Identity
iMAP Integrated Management Application Platform
IP Internet Protocol

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential I-1

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
 iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
I Acronyms Guide (Solaris)

IPMP IP Network Multipathing

K
KVMS Keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switch

L
LCT Local Craft Terminal
LAN Local Area Network

M
MML Human-Machine Language (formerly Man-Machine Language)
MPLS MultiProtocol Label Switching
MA Media Service Access
MAC Media Access Control
MAN Metropolitan Area Network
MAU Medium Attachment Unit

N
NBI Northbound Interface
NE Network Element
NIC Network Information Center
NMS Network Management System
NTP Network Time Protocol

O
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OS Operation System
OSS Operation Support System

P
PPP Peer-Peer Protocol
PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network

I-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2010-11-19)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System
High Availability System (Veritas) Software Installation
Guide (Solaris) I Acronyms

PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit

R
RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks

S
SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SQL Structured Query Language
SSH Secure Shell

T
TCP Transport Control Protocol
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol

U
UDP User Datagram Protocol
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply

X
XML Extensible Markup Language

Issue 06 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential I-3

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.